| Premium Price Drops Finder | Premium Coupons Finder |
![]() Sony DVW-970 Camcorder Price: 45,979.00 Retail Price: 49,959.00 Sony-dvw-970 Gigasonic The Digital Betacam format has been the high quality format for standard definition video production since its inception in 1993. The Sony DVW-970 camcorder represents the latest example of evolving technology to meet the ever-changing demands of today's production environments. At the center of this camera is the proven performance of the Power HAD EX CCD chip set. In combination with a highly precise 14-bit analog to digital conversion, it delivers high sensitivity, low noise, very low smear levels as well as a progressive scanning mode which includes 24p for film-like shooting. A variety of unique features including slow shutter, interval record and picture cache recording have been incorporated for greater creative abilities. Yet the camera is more a more efficient tool with reduced size and lower power consumption over previous models. Features ? Power HAD EX Advanced CCDs The DVW-970 camcorder is equipped with proven state-of-the-art three-chip 2/3-inch type Sony Power HAD EX CCDs. This CCD imager achieves a high sensitivity of f/11, an excellent signal-to noise ratio of 65 dB and a remarkably low smear level of -145 dB allowing the DVW-970 to produce pictures of stunning quality. Integration of the Power HAD EX CCDs also allows progressive scanning, including 24p for film-like effects. Advanced Digital Signal Processing A key to quality in DSP cameras is how many bits are used in their nonlinear process, such as gamma correction. The advanced DSP of the DVW-970 camcorder uses more than 30 bits in its nonlinear process, minimizing round-off errors to maintain the high quality of the Power HAD EX CCDs. The DSP also enables highly sophisticated image controls, such as the multi-matrix function, triple skin-tone detail control, and adaptive highlight control. Light Weight, Compact and Low Power Consumption The DVW-970 is designed to be very compact and lightweight, for a high level of mobility in the field. It weighs approximately 12 pounds (5.4 kg) including the viewfinder, microphone, BCT-D40 tape, and BP-GL95 Battery Pack. With its new-generation LSI, the camcorder achieves a low power consumption of approximately 29 W. User Friendly Menu System The DVW-970 offers an easy-to-use menu system to facilitate detailed camera settings. Setup parameters are well organized in a two-layer menu system: a user menu and sub menu. The user menu allows access only to the standard setup functions needed by the camera operator, and can be customized for fast access to the menus they use frequently. The sub menu makes all menus accessible, each of which is categorized into groups such as paint, file, and maintenance. Menu pages can be displayed in the camcorder viewfinder, as well as on a monitor screen via the video test output, and the menu control system can be operated easily using a rotary switch on the camcorder. Film-Like Images Incorporating Sony Power HAD EX CCDs, the DVW-970 generate progressive images of 29.97P delivering outstanding clarity as well as a cinematic look. In addition, the DVW-970 can produce 24P images when an optional CBK-FC01 Pull-down Board is installed, offering film-like motion effects. Images captured in 24P scanning mode in the camera head are 2-3 pull-downed and recorded on tape at 59.94i field rate. Picture Cache Recording Picture Cache Recording is a convenient function whereby up to eight seconds of video signal are buffered into memory before the REC button is even pressed. This means that everything that happened eight seconds before the REC button was pressed (Stand By Mode) will still be recorded to tape, a capability that can help prevent the loss of unexpected but important events occurring before the operator even has the chance to press the REC button. Interval Recording Interval Recording is a useful function that intermittently records signals at pre-determined intervals (automatic and manual), ideal for recording over long periods. In manual mode, a specified number of frames is recorded every time the REC button is pressed or the camcorder repeatedly records at a specified interval after the REC button is pressed. In auto mode, the camera records frames at pre-determined intervals over a pre-determined total shooting time. The Interval Recording function allows recordings to be made over long time periods on a single tape, and minimizes wear of the tape-drive mechanism. Selectable Gamma A selectable gamma table is provided to easily give a specific look to a picture by selecting from multiple fixed gamma patterns including so-called film-like gamma. Five patterns of film-like gamma and six patterns of standard gamma can be selected. TruEye Process The TruEye technology makes it possible to virtually eliminate hue distortion, particularly obvious in high light conditions that result from conventional RGB analog or digital processing. By processing the video signal data at three levels, brightness, hue, and saturation, similar to how the human eye works, the TruEye feature assists in the reproduction of natural skin tones. Adaptive Highlight Control The DVW-970 camcorder provides multiple knee-points/slopes for superior overexposure control. The camcorder analyzes the highlight areas of a scene and automatically sets and optimizes multiple knee points/slopes accordingly. This enables the reproduction of extremely difficult images (such as an interior scene that includes a brightly sunlit window) with much more overexposure latitude. This function applies only to input video levels in excess of the knee point; the middle- and low-luminance parts of the video signal are unaffected by this control. Multi-Matrix Function The Multi-matrix function enables color adjustments to be applied over a color and/or hue range as specified by the operator. The color spectrum is divided into 16 areas of adjustment, where the hue and/or saturation of each area can be adjusted. This provides interesting in-camera color effects similar to secondary color correction. Electronic Soft Focus The Electronic Soft Focus included in the camcorder applies an effect similar to using an optical soft-focus filter but in a much more convenient way. Electronic Soft Focus uses the detail signal to reduce (not increase) the sharpness of the picture. By subtracting the detail signal from the original signal Electronic Soft Focus is able to provide a picture that is softer than that achieved when detail is switched off completely. Electronic Soft Focus can be used in conjunction with Skin-tone Detail to change only the sharpness within a specific color or hue range. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Image Device 3-CCD, 2/3-inch, Interline Transfer type 16:9 Native and 4:3 Switchable Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 65 dB Horizontal Resolution: 1000 Lines Sensitivity: f/11 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.008 Lux @ f/1.4 with 48 dB Gain + Slow Shutter at 16 Frame Accumulation Vertical Smear: -145 dB Built-in Filters Filter Wheel A Clear, 1/4 ND (1.5 Stops),1/16 ND (4 Stops) Filter Wheel B CROSS, 3200K, 4300K, 6300K LCD Monitor: None Speaker: Yes Viewfinder: Optional Microphone: Yes Scan Matching Yes Different Ranges for Different Record Modes Memory Card Slot: Yes for Memory Stick Shutter Speed Range: 1/32 to 1/2000 Seconds Gain Selection (-)3 dB, 0 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12 dB, 18 dB, 24 db, 30dB, 36dB, 42dB, 48dB Tape Format: Digital Betacam Tape Speed: 96.7 mm / second Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time: 40 Minutes with BCT-D40 Cassette Audio Dynamic Range: 85 dB or more Audio Signal Format 16 bit / 48kHz (2 channel) 12 bit / 32kHz (4 channel) Audio Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors SDI Video- Optional with CBK-SD01 provides BNC (x 1 output) Composite Video- BNC (x 2 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Time Code- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Audio- 5-Pin XLR (x 1) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) Power- 4-Pin LEMO (x 1 output for Wireless Audio) Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input for Camcorder) Power- 2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output for SunGun) Headphone- Stereo Mini (x 2) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 29 Watts Maximum Operating Temperature 32?to 104?F 0?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 4.8 x 7.6 x 11.1 Inches 121 x 192 x 280 mm Weight 14.1 Lbs 6.4 kg
|
![]() Sony DVW-709WS Camcorder Price: 44,000.00 Retail Price: 49,073.00 Sony-dvw-709ws Gigasonic The DVW-709WS is a high-end Digital Betacam camcorder that uses IT-type CCDs. IT CCDs are found in almost every industrial and broadcast camera on the market today. The camera retains all the custom picture look capabilities and the other design and convenience features of the top-of-the-line DVW-790WS with FIT chips. When comparing specifications, the major difference is the Vertical Smear characteristics of the cameras. The DVW-709WS vertical smear specification of -120dB is still quite superior to most industrial cameras. Sony's IT chips have been developed over the years to performance approaching FIT chip specifications at significantly lower cost. Features ? Industry Standard Acquisition The Digital Betacam format uses a 10-bit component digital recording to provide superb picture quality and multi-generation continuity. The format conforms to ITU-R BT 601 (also known as 601 Component Digital) standard adopted for the D-1 format. Digi-Beta records a 4:2:2 component digital video signal with 4 channels of 20-bit/48kHz digital audio. Digital Betacam is also the preferred format for post production and broadcast transmission. Advanced Digital Processing The digital signal processor (DSP) is the brain of the camcorder. The DVW-709WS DSP offers advanced operational features when setting video parameters. An updated menu system allows for a depth of customization not available in typical ENG cameras. Additionally, set-up cards can memorize settings for custom picture looks or special effects and they can be applied at a moment's notice or copied to additional cameras. Color and Contrast Right out of the box the Digital Betacam camcorder offers resolution, contrast, color reproduction and low-light sensitivity not available from Beta SP or DV derived format cameras. In the hands of an experienced operator or video engineer custom color and gamma settings can bring added details when trying to convey a feeling or tell a story through moving pictures. Custom video looks can be achieved through the menu system on the camera directly or with remote controls like the RM-B150 or the RM-P9. Ergonomic Design When using the camcorder for ENG or digital cinematography, the thoughtful design and layout of switches is quickly appreciated. The camcorder will sit comfortably on the shoulder and can be attached to a gear-head or tripod for more complicated set-ups. Weighing only about 15 pounds fully loaded with viewfinder and tape, the camera also mounts easily on a SteadiCam or remote controlled HotHead on a jib. This is much less weight than a standard 35mm film camera. PowerTap DC Output As its core the DVW-709WS is designed to be a portable production tool. The addition of a DC output especially for a camera mounted light is fully appreciated in these situations. Lights incorporating the 2-pin PowerTap connector is available from a variety of sun-gun makers. Optional Features The DVW-709WS has been designed to accept optional features for highly specialized environments. The camera is capable of outputting directly SDI component digial video when the BKDW-702 accessory board is installed. This is helpful in critical production situations like digital cinematography when critical picture-looks have been dialed in. Images can be viewed on a monitor while the camera is rolling and/or recorded to a second recording device like a hard-disk recorder as an example. Another interesting optional feature is the continuous LOOP recording of video and audio prior to the record button being pushed. With the addition of the BKDW-703 board, up to eight seconds of video and audio is electronically recorded in the board's solid-state memory. The feature continuously records the last 8 seconds (or 1, 2, or 4 can be selected) until the record button is activated. Once Record" is pushed, the cached video and audio are recorded to tape prior the the live recording. Imagine shooting a lightening storm or capturing unrepeatable activities at a sporting event or celebration without having to continually roll tape. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Image Device 3-CCD, 2/3-Inch, Interline Transfer Type 16:9 / 4:3 Switchable Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 65 dB Horizontal Resolution: Greater than 700 TV Lines Sensitivity: f/9 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.2 Lux @ F-1.4 with 48 dB Turbo gain Vertical Smear: (-)120 dB Built-in Filters Neutral Density Wheel Clear, 1/4ND (1.5 stops),1/16ND (4 stops), 1/64ND (6 stops) Color Temperature Wheel Cross, 3200k, 4300 K, 6300 K LCD Monitor: None Speaker: Yes Viewfinder: Optional Microphone: Yes Scan Matching: Clear Scan- range not specified by manufacturer Memory Card Slot: Yes Shutter Speed: 1/100, 1/125, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000 seconds Gain Selection (-)3dB, 0dB, 3 dB, 6dB, 9dB, 12dB, 18dB, 21 dB, 24 dB 30 dB, 36 dB, 48dB Format Digital Betacam Tape Speed: 96.7 mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 62dB Maximum Recording Time: 40 minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Greater than 85 dB Audio Signal Format: 16 bit /48kHz Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: 50dB (analog audio) Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output only) Test Video- BNC (x 1 output only) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input only) Timecode- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Audio- XLR (x 3 input) Audio- 5-Pin XLR (x 1- 2 channel output only) Headphone- Stereo Mini (x 1) Remote- 8-Pin (x 1) Light- 2-Pin PowerTap (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input) DC Power- 4-Pin DIN (x 1 output) DC Power- 2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output) Camcorder Adapter- 40-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 31.5 Watts Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 5 1/4 x 10 5/8 x 12 1/4 in. 130 x 269 x 308mm Weight 15 lbs. 7 oz. 7kg "
|
![]() Sony MSW-900 Camcorder Price: 32,499.00 Retail Price: 37,499.00 Sony-msw-900 Gigasonic The MSW-900 is a MPEG/IMX format professional camcorder that is native widescreen and switchable to conventional 4:3 aspect. The format, another offshoot of the respected Betacam 1/2-inch standard, is a greatly cost effective solution to HDCAM, Digital Beta and even Beta SX widescreen production formats. The camcorder is also significantly lighter in weight than the other Betacam format rigs. Possibly the biggest advantage of the format is that it allows for data transfer at speeds faster than real-time. Sony has targeted the dynamic atmosphere of modern live-action (reality, extreme action) television production that generates copious volumes of pre-edit content. The MSW-900 camcorder, within a comprehensive MPEG/IMX system of ranging from recorders to dedicated servers allows for recording, editing and live airing, simultaneously. Additionally the format supports both 60i and 30p originated material- or 50i and 25p in PAL system. Features ? Excellent Picture Quality The MSW-900 captures high-quality digital video using 4:2:2 sampling and a 50Mb/second data rate. Because the format is based upon MPEG compression standards, the camera integrates perfectly with other MPEG devices. State of the Art Video Chips The camera uses the most recently advanced CCD technology. The Power HAD EX CCDs have specifications that approach the very highest quality FIT chips found in top-tier equipment such as those used in HDTV production. The camera has an amazing 65 dB signal to noise ratio and smear level of -140 dB. The dynamic range of the camera makes it possible to control critical details in both the very brightest and lowest lighted portions of a scene. Brains and Brawn of the Advanced Camcorder The digital signal processor (DSP) is the circuit that controls how the video image look. Sony's decades of research and development in the broadcast realm have taken customized picture looks to new levels. The DSP in the MSW-900 was initially developed for the Digital Betacam camcorders. The processor gives amazing control over image parameters like skin tone, horizontal and vertical detail, gamma curve control, and complex colorimetry matrices TruEye Processing TruEye processing is an image control feature that is accessed directly through the standard menu system. It is used to eliminate hue distortion usually found in highlights of naturally lit 3 dimensional objects. This feature is especially helpful in the reproduction of natural skin tones in bright natural light. Skin Tone Detail Skin Tone Detail gives the user a different range of image enhancement through three color and or hue ranges. The name is slightly misleading in that the range of colors is not limited to skin tones but to any three-color areas. The feature is for very subtle hue/color enhancements. Electronic Soft Focus Electronic Soft Focus is a newly developed detail error-correction feature. The feature uses the detail signal to reduce the sharpness of the picture noticed in edges of color transitions. The feature can be used with Skin Tone Detail to change sharpness in only a single color or hue range. Optional Features With the addition of specially designed circuit boards and ancillary pieces, the MSW-900 offers some interesting and useful optional functions. HKDW-704 adds global positioning (GPS) information to the meta-data portion of the recording. Special NMEA software is required to access this information. The MSDW-903 is a board that adds electronic loop cache recording- up to 8-seconds- before the record button is activated. The MSDW-902 gives the camcorder the ability to output SDI uncompressed video for critical monitoring, recording to an outboard VTR or a non-linear system hard-drive. The MSDW-904 gives the camcorder the ability to input standard VHS quality Composite Video to the camera directly. Specifications ? Image Device 3-CCD, 2/3 inch, Interline Transfer Type 16:9 / 4:3 Switchable Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 65 dB Horizontal Resolution: 800 Lines Sensitivity: f/11 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.15 Lux @ f/1.4 with 48 dB Turbo gain Vertical Smear: (-)140 dB Signal System: NTSC, 30 frames, 60 interlaced fields per second Built-in Filters Filter Wheel 1 3200k, 4300 K, 5300 K Filter Wheel 2 1/4 N.D. (1.5 stops), 1/16 N.D. (4 stops), 1/64 N.D. (6 stops) LCD Monitor: None Speaker: Yes Viewfinder BVF-V20W 2-Inch Black and White Widescreen Microphone: Yes Scan Matching: Not Specified By Manufacturer Memory Card Slot: Yes Tone: 1/60 to 1/2000 seconds Gain Range: -3 dB to 48 dB Format: MPEG/IMX Tape Speed: 64.467 mm / seconds Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time: 60 minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Greater than 85 dB Audio Signal Format: 16 or 20 Bit Selectable /48kHz Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 2 output) Composite Video- Optional with MSDW-901 provides BNC (x 1 input) SDI Video- Optional with MSDW-902 provides BNC (x 1 output) Gen lock- BNC (x 1 input) Time Code- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Line Audio- 5-Pin XLR (x 1 output provides 2 channels) Camcorder Adapter- 40-Pin (x 1) Headphones- Mini Stereo (x 2) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output) DC Power- 4-Pin Lemo (x 1 output for wireless audio receiver) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 27 Watts Operating Temperature -4 to 140 degrees F -20 to 60 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 5 1/4 x 10 5/8 x 12 1/4 in. 130 x 269 x 308mm Weight 7 lbs. 11 oz. 3.5 kg
|
![]() Sony DNW-9WS Camcorder Price: 32,300.00 Retail Price: 37,325.00 Sony-dnw-9ws Gigasonic The DNW-9WS makes it easy and cost effective to bridge the transition from the 4:3 world to the growing world of 16:9. Equipped with 2/3 inch CCDs, it incorporates 10-bit / 36 MHz signal processing and the superb picture quality of Betacam SX digital recording format. Highly mobile in the field with an operating weight of less than 14 lbs., the DNW-9WS is shorter in length with a lower center of gravity than a 1/2 inch CCD analog camera. It also has an integrated slot for a wireless receiver, a Power Tap connector to power on-camera lights, set-up card efficiency for operator preferences and video parameters and an internal system for generating an edit decision list. Features ? Native Widescreen CCDs The DNW-9WS is equipped with 3 2/3 inch 16:9 ratio CCDs that contain 520,000 pixels each. Their interline transfer design assures low noise with 63dB headroom, amazing low light and bright light image capture, and superior color and contrast quality in both widescreen and standard 4:3 ratios. Beta SX Recording Format Beta SX is one of a long line of ubiquitous 1/2 inch professional tape formats that has long been Sony's hallmark. SX records using 8-bit analog to digital conversion, MPEG-2 @ ML compression bundling, and 4:2:2 component color sampling. The result is long tape lengths (62 minutes maximum), up to 4 channels of uncompressed digital audio, and broadcast video quality to take you from studio production to ENG, to event video acquisition all the way to independent digital film production. TruEye Process One function of the sophisticated Digital Signal Processor is the TruEye system. TruEye processes brightness, hue, and saturation data for much the same results as your own eyes produce. Scenes achieve wider dynamic range with very little distortion. Reproducing natural looking skin tone detail and controlling bright or dark conditions within a whole scene are what the processor does most effectively. Dyna-Latitude Contrast Processing A sub-feature of the TruEye processing is Dyna-Latitude. By managing the contrast of each pixel compared with those around it, the DNW-9WS more efficiently utilizes the dynamic range of the video signal. DynaLatitude processing brings film-like contrast management to video shooters. Dynamic Contrast Control (DCC) lets the shooter achieve low light or bright light detail. Comprehensive Menu Control and Set-up Card Efficiency Set-up parameters are well organized in a 2 layer menu system. User menus allows access to only the standard setup functions needed by operators. The engineer menu allows access to all the camcorder setup functions. Menu pages are visible in the viewfinder and may also be displayed on a monitor. Set-up cards allow you to store all the set-up parameters for one camera or one operator. Each operator may store his /her own functional preferences and carry them to different cameras. Also, different shooting situations may require changing set-ups. Set-up cards offer complex changes quickly, even in the field. Widescreen Color Viewfinder Available The DNW-9WS comes standard with a 2-inch black and white viewfinder, the BVF-V20W, which make focusing easy even in 16:9 mode. There is an optional 1.35-inch color viewfinder, the BVF-VC10W that allows color playback through the viewfinder without using an external adapter. When shooting with the BVF-VC10W, objects are more clearly identifiable by their color. Three Optional Camera Adapters for Extended Digital Functionality The CA-701 adapter gives the operator of the DNW-9WS full serial digital output. Additionally, you will be getting 4 channels of uncompressed digital audio as well. Another adapter, the CA-702 gives SDI plus 26-pin connectivity to external VTRs. Lastly, the CA-755 allows the connection of the DNW-9WS to camera control units like CCU-D50 to give full remote picture look adjustments, perfect for studio productions. Genlock for Multiple Camera Synchronization Noticeably absent from lesser equipment, the DNW-9WS camcorder has a BNC connector for Genlock. Feeding the camera system a reference signal assures that multiple cameras will remain synchronized, especially helpful in live switching situations. The connector can also be used to return program / preview video to the viewfinder. Clear Scan Scan Matching for Clear Recording of Monitor Displays Stop monitor roll and flicker during your industrial video productions with the DNW-7's Clear Scan feature. With a highly tunable electronic shutter, the camera will forever make monitors sharp and clear with 260 steps between 60 Hz and 7000 Hz. Power Tap Connector for Powering On-Camera Lights Many professional camera lights now have the optional connector called Power Tap. This 2 pin connector is built into the camcorder for convenience in ENG applications. In addition to sending power to the light, the Power Tap also lets the camera record button trigger the light on and off if selected. Specifications ? Image Device 3-CCD, 2/3 inch, Interline Transfer Type 16:9 / 4:3 Switchable Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 63 dB Horizontal Resolution: 800 Lines Sensitivity: f/13 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.35 Lux @ F-1.4 with 42 dB Turbo gain Vertical Smear: (-)120 dB Signal System: NTSC, 30 frames, 60 interlaced fields per second Built-in Filters: 3200k, 5600 K, 5600 K + 1/8 N.D. (3 stops), 5600 K + 1/64 N.D. (6 stops) LCD Monitor: None Speaker: Yes Viewfinder: BVF-20 2-Inch Black and White Microphone: Yes Scan Matching: Yes, 60.1 Hz to 7000 Hz in 260 steps Memory Card Slot: Yes Shutter Speed: 1/100, 1/125, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000 seconds Gain Selection (-)3dB, 0dB, 3 dB, 6dB, 9dB, 12dB, 18dB, 21 dB, 24 dB 30 dB, 36 dB, 42dB Format: Beta SX Tape Speed: 59.515 mm / seconds Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time: 62 minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Greater than 85 dB Audio Signal Format: 16 bit /48kHz Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 2 output) Analog Component- optional with CA-702 provides 26-Pin (x 1 output) SDI Video- optional with CA-701 or CA-702 provides BNC (x 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Sync- BNC (x 1 output) Timecode- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input)} Line Audio- 5-Pin XLR (x 1 provides 2 channels) Headphones- Mini Stereo (x 1) Remote Control- 6-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output) DC Power- 4-Pin Lemo (x 1 output for wireless audio receiver) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 31.5 Watts Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 5 1/4 x 10 5/8 x 12 1/4 in. 130 x 269 x 308mm Weight 8 lbs. 13 oz 4 kg
|
![]() Sony JH-3 Video Cassette Player Price: 23,681.00 Retail Price: 26,312.00 sony-jh-3 Gigasonic The Sony J-H3 is a compact video player for HDCAM high definition recorded video tapes. This unit is a playback only model. The deck can play-back just about any HD interlaced and progressive scan format recording including 24, 25 and 30 frame. In fact, this is the model can be used with Cine Alta 24/720p HDCAM recorded elements. Another deck in this series, the J-H1 covers all those progressive and interlaced capture formats except the 24-frame format. The deck has both analog and digital outputs and circuitry for down conversion to standard definition including DVCAM. Features ? Sony Cine Alta System Compatible There are multiple HDCAM video formats in use today and the J-H3 plays back almost every one of them. The featured advantage of this particular machine is that it can be used as a player for tapes recorded on the HDCAM Cine Alta cameras. It was designed to play 24-frame 720p video, arguably the highest quality and most film-like format. The other HD systems include 59.94i (60i), 50i, 25p and 29.97p (30p). Analog and Digital Outputs The J-H3 comes equipped with a digital single BNC connector for both high definition and standard definition SDI output. AES-EBU digital audio is inbedded in the HD signal. A 3-BNC connection outputs both analog HD and standard component video. Additionally the deck down-converts high definition video signals to NTSC or PAL system video. Tape Logging Software via RS-232C The J-H3 playback machine can be an efficient pre-edit logging machine when coupled with JZ-1 software on a PC (and capture card) that has RS-232C control. The log data including in and out points can be recorded along with simple comments regarding the scene. A story-board feature is present in the software package to assemble a sequence of logged scenes into a basic EDL for edit data export. Specifications ? Signal System 50 and 60 frame Interlaced and Progressive Digital 24 Frame Progressive for Cine Alta Series Tape Format: HDCAM Tape Speed 96.7 mm/second in 30 Frame Modes 80.7 mm/sec in 25 Frame Modes 77.4 mm/second in 24p Mode Maximum Playback Time 124 Minute Cassette in 30 Frame Modes 149 Minutes in 25 Frame Modes 155 Minutes in 24p Mode Audio Signal Format: Analog Audio both XLR and RCA Outputs Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Digital HD Video- BNC (x 1) Analog HD Video- 3 BNC (x 1) Analog SD Video- BNC (x 1) Analog SD Video- RCA (x 1) Computer- 15-Pin (x 1) Fire Wire / iLink- Optional with HKJ-101 provides 6-Pin (x 1) Audio- RCA (x 2) Audio- XLR (x 2) Headphone- 1/4-Inch Phono (x 1) RS-232C Control- 9-Pin (x 1) RS-422A Control- 9-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 100-240 Volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz Power Consumption: 60 Watts Operating Temperature 41°to 104?F 5?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 12 1/8 x 4 x 15 3/4 Inches 307 x 100 x 397 mm
|
![]() Sony VPH-G90U Projector Price: 22,999.00 Retail Price: 27,949.00 Sony-vph-g90u Gigasonic The VPH-G90U is truly the "Flagship" model in CRT projectors. With its new high resolution 9" electromagnetic focus CRT, the VPH-G90 achieves incredible brightness and resolution output of up to 350 ANSI lumens (1300 peak lumens) and 2500 x 2000 pixels respectively. Also comes with a 3-line comb filter and a 3D-comb filter, which are selectable. Incorporates Sony's Digital Reality Creation (DRC), generating 4x the resolution from conventional video signals. It generates roughly the equivalent of a 960 line progressive scan image from NTSC video. Features ? High Brightness and High Resolution Capability From the use of a new 9 electromagnetic focus CRT. The CRT of the VPH-G90U incorporates an ultra-fine phosphor, a low capacity gun and new magnetic coil to produce a spot size that is very crisp. Also incorporates a high voltage circuit, video decoder circuit and HACC lenses to provide the highest contrast, sharpest and most brilliant image ever from a Sony CRT projector. Together these technologies contribute to deliver 350 ANSI lumens (1300 peak lumens) and a maximum resolution of 2500 x 2000, ensuring the best possible image quality on screen. Picture Orbiting/Scan Line Shift Function Similar to the screen saver function for computer monitors, the Sony Picture Orbiting Function and Scan Line Shift Function reduce the risk of CRT burn in projectors. CRT burn is caused by prolonged image projection. For still images, the Picture Orbiting Function rotates the projected image at intervals that can not be detected by the human eye. Similarly, the Scan Line Shift Function, continuously shifts the sacn lines of the image to avoid CRT burn with video images. Accepts a Wide Range of Signals Providing the flexibility for the VPH-G90U to perform in a corresponding wide range of applications. Composite video, Y/C video, Component (Y/R-Y/B-Y), RGB and HDTV signals can be accepted and displayed. The projector will accept and display signals with horizontal frequencies up to 150kHz and has 135MHz bandwidth to ensure faithful reproduction. Selectable Comb Filters One 3-line and one 3D are provided for use with NTSC. The 3-line filter is best for video images with motion. The 3D filter is better for use with static images, eliminating more of the cross color and dot interference from such images. Together they ensure the best possible display of NTSC signals. Hexapole (6 Pole) Adjustment Function For more precise beam spot shaping in the corners of the image. This allows for a good focused, crisp image from corner to corner. Normal Defocus Mode Provided to deliver the best whites possible in the image. This mode can be shut off by user. When on, it will help ensure clean whites and high contrast. Auto Backround (ABG) Function This feature helps to maintain good black balance. The white line that would be present with ABG in earlier Sony CRT projectors will now be eliminated after 20 minutes from the time the unit is first powered on. Even though the line will be gone, the ABG will still function to improve image quality. ABG can be linked with other VPH-G90U projectors. Registration Functions Incorporated into the VPH-G90U in order to make setup and adjustment easier and more accurate. Keystone and Pincushion adjustments, along with a fine adjustment mode, for Size, Linearity, Skew and Bow. 13 Original Memory and 137 Custom Memory Input Structure Provided so that the VPH-G90U can be configured for almost any need. Also, Input Memory Manual Load, Save, Delete and Protect functions have been added for installers, to make system integration and setup easier. CRT Burn-In Protection Provided in the form of a picture orbiting function for applications with a majority of stagnant images, and in the form of a scan line shift function. The brightness output of the VPH-G90U is so high that scan line burn-in with video images is a possibility. Scan line shift works to prevent that problem. Along with picture orbiting function, it helps provide longer useful CRT life. The picture orbiting function can also be synchronized between multiple VPH-G90U projectors. White Balance Selection For glass beaded screens and matte white screens. Selectable to tailor the VPH-G90U output to the screen being utilized, to obtain the best possible image quality. Also, the VPH-G90 has the ability to store white balance data for each input memory. Has 4 preset color temperatures of 9300/6500/5400/3200, and white balance can also be set to any user-desired level, as well. Index Function Is available in two levels. Device index is the number for each device (projector or switcher). Group index is organized from arbitrary user defined device indexes. The group index can be selected from the Remote Commander unit and will control all the devices in a specified group. Easy Polarity Change There is a separate polarity cover. When this cover is opened, the power of the projector is automatically turned off, if it hadn't been turned off already. All polarity changes for switching between desktop, ceiling and rear use can be made with sliding switches. No more need for rotating connectors. The Advanced Scheimpflug Adjustment Can be accessed just by opening the upper cover of the projector. No need to remove the entire cover. Scheimpflug adjustment can be made independently for each CRT while monitoring the on-screen test pattern image. These features contribute to quick, easy and accurate setup. Communication Systems (RS-232C/RS-422A/PJ COM RS-485) Available standard on the VPH-G90U to yield the ultimate in system integration with full function remote manual and automated control. The PJ Com RS-485 compliant port greatly enhances system integration opportunities by allowing simple daisy chaining and intelligent mutual communication between the projector, the switcher - if present - and any connected computers. Simulation Mode A new mode for a greater range of registration data adjustment for simulation and virtual reality applications. This allows for use of the VPH-G90U on curved or spherical screens. Full Function Wireless Remote Unit The RM-PJ1001 is a standard accessory for convenient control of the projector with a back light and direct access keys for many of the projector's features. Specifications ? System: NTSC / PAL / Secam Projection: 3 picture tubes, 3 lenses, direct projection system CRT: 9-inch (Phosphor size 7.7-inch) high luminance optical coupled, electromagnetic focus tubes Lens: Double focus, f/1.15/167mm (Color purity improved : C element of Red/Green) Lumens ANSI 350 lumens (150kHz:50Hz, 6500°K) ASNI 280 lumens (15kHz:60Hz, 6500°K) Peak White 1300 lumens, All White 500 lumens Recommended Projection Size: From 90" up to 300" Diagonal at a throw distance of (99" to 327") TV Lines: 700 TV lines (video), 1100 TV lines (HDTV), 2500 x 2000 pixels (RGB measured at fH:102kHz, fV:50Hz) Scanning Range: Horizontal: 15kHz-150kHz, Vertical: 38Hz-150Hz RGB Bandwidth: 135MHz (-3dB) Power: AC 120v, 50/60Hz Power Consumption: Max. 1050w Standby mode approx. 14w Powersaving mode 600w Dimensions (WxHxD): 29-5/8 x 15-1/4 x 42" 750 x 385.5 x 1066mm Weight: Approx. 242 lbs. 8oz. (Approx. 110kg) Operating Temperature: 14?- 104?F / 0?- 40?C Operating Humidity: 35 to 85% Heat Dispersion: 3583.1 BTU Controls Remote RS-232C and RS-422A in and PJ COM RS-485 compliant in and out D-sub 9-pin (female) Control-S In: Stereo mini jack 5 vp-p Plug in power DC 5v max output 60mA Control-S Out: Stereo mini jack 5vp-p "
|
![]() Sony HDC-X310K HD Video Camera Price: 21,150.00 Retail Price: 23,500.00 Sony-hdc-x310k Gigasonic The Sony HDC-X310 incorporates three 1/2-inch type 1.5-mega pixel HD CCDs which offer high resolution, high sensitivity, and high signal-to-noise characteristics. Packing this performance into an extremely compact chassis the HDC-X310 offers advanced features such as progressive scan modes, slow shutter, and exceptional interface and operational flexibility through its associated HFU-X310 interface unit, connected via a fiber optical cable. The HFU-X310 interface unit hosts up to two optional interface boards to cover a range of output signals, including HD-SDI, SD-SDI, and HDV through the i.LINK interface , as well as computer XGA output. This is a camera kit that includes a very high quality, remote controllable 19x zoom focus servo lens. Features ? Lens in Kit This camera configuration includes a professional servo controlled 19x lens with a 6.7 mm wide angle that produces approximately 50?horizontal angle of view with a 40?vertical angle. Through optional remote units the zoom and aperture can be set smoothly. It has a MOD of an amazingly short 2 inches so it can be used for viewing manufacturing and other industrial processes. This lens can accept 82 mm screw-on filters. Small Size and Giant Performance Although the HDC-X310 offers high quality HD images, it is designed to be as compact as possible. This enables it to be installed discretely in many locations such as houses of worship, reception halls, and conference rooms. The camera can also integrate into remote controlled pan/tilt/zoom systems and conventional production environments. The progressive scan image capture function makes the camera useful in scientific and microscopy applications. Low Light Shooting The HDC-X310 offers two convenient functions for capturing clear images in low-light environments, a Slow Shutter mode and a Gain function, which can be used separately or together. The Slow Shutter mode allows the charge accumulation period of the CCD (typically 1/60TH or 1/50TH second) to be extended up to approximately two seconds (64 frames). The Gain function allows the camera gain to be boosted to +48 dB. When these functions are used together, the camera offers a minimum illumination of 0.003 Lux. Flexible Image Controls The HDC-X310 provides highly advanced image-control functions such as matrix, a TruEye feature, skin-tone detail, and color temperature controls. These functions - previously available only on high end studio cameras or camcorders allow creative images to be produced with high clarity. Optical and Electronic Lighting Controls Optimum light and color control is easily achieved using the built-in optical Neutral Density filter wheel and electronic Color Correction (CC) function. The HDC-X310 uses electronic color correction to eliminate the need for optical color correction filters. This allows all filters on the filter wheel to be ND types, providing the operator with greater flexibility in depth of field and exposure control. Optional HFU-X310 Control Unit The beauty of the HDC-X310 camera is that it can be connected to the HFU-X310 control unit which adds digital connections including FireWire, HDV, and even standard definition SDI. Digital data including external sync, bi-directional RS-232C Pan and Tilt and camera control signals can be transmitted between the box and the camera via optical fiber cable. The cable can be up to 1000 meters (3280 feet) long. The HFU-X310 control box accepts several option boards for specific output needs including HD-SDI, SD-SDI, XGA computer output and iLink for FireWire and HDV signals. Optional HKC-SV1 Servo Filter Unit The camera can accept a special remote ND filter controller. The HDC-SV1 is a servo unit that allows the optical ND filters of the HDC-X310 to be controlled remotely from the RM-B750/B150 Remote Control Unit, the RCP-700 series Remote Control Panel or the MSU-900/950 Master Set-Up Unit. Specifications ? Signal System: 1080/60i and 1080/50i Application: Scientific, Communications, Surveillance, Production Image Senso:r 3 x 1/2-Inch IT Power HAD HD-Type CCDs Lens Lens Optional Sony Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels: 1.5 Million Effective Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 1080 Horizontal Lines Minimum Illumination: 0.003 Lux at f/1.4 (+48dB Gain + 64-frame Slow Shutter) Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 50dB Signal Connectors HD-SDI Video- Optional Analog Component/RGB/HD- 15-Pin D-Dub (x 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Alarm Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Tally- Mini Jack (x 1) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin LEMO (x 1 input) OFC/Fiber Optic- LC Connector (x 2) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 19 Watts Operating Temperature 14?to 113?F -10?to 45?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 8.1 x 6.2 x 4.5 Inches 210 x 157.4 x 114.3 mm Weight 2.8 Lbs 1.3 kg
|
![]() Sony HDC-X300K Video Camera Price: 19,800.00 Retail Price: 22,000.00 Sony-hdc-x300k Gigasonic The Sony HDC-X300 is a very high quality industrial video camera designed to bring HDTV image capture to medical, scientific, surveillance and other production applications. The camera utilizes a 3-CCD system with over 1.5 million pixels for ultra detailed pictures. Digging deep into the cameras menu allows for sophisticated image control functions like skin tone detail, color matrix and color temperature settings. There are two trigger modes for syncing to flash lighting or syncing with other similar cameras. This is a camera kit that includes a very high quality, remote controllable 19x zoom focus servo lens. Features ? Lens in Kit This camera configuration includes a professional servo controlled 19x lens with a 6.7 mm wide angle that produces approximately 50?horizontal angle of view with a 40?vertical angle. Through optional remote units the zoom and aperture can be set smoothly. It has a MOD of an amazingly short 2 inches so it can be used for viewing manufacturing and other industrial processes. This lens can accept 82 mm screw-on filters. HD-SDI Output The HDC-X300 has connectors for analog and digital outputs including uncompressed HD-SDI through a single BNC connector. This connector allows for ultimate fidelity in image transfer and detailed monitoring. Small Size and Giant Performance Although the HDC-X300 offers high quality HD images, it is designed to be as compact as possible. This enables it to be installed discretely in many locations such as houses of worship, reception halls, and conference rooms. The camera can also integrate into remote controlled pan/tilt/zoom systems and conventional production environments. The progressive scan image capture function makes the camera useful in scientific and microscopy applications. Low Light Shooting The HDC-X300 offers two convenient functions for capturing clear images in low-light environments, a Slow Shutter mode and a Gain function, which can be used separately or together. The Slow Shutter mode allows the charge accumulation period of the CCD (typically 1/60TH or 1/50TH second) to be extended up to approximately two seconds (64 frames). The Gain function allows the camera gain to be boosted to +48 dB. When these functions are used together, the camera offers a minimum illumination of 0.003 Lux. Flexible Image Controls The HDC-X300 provides highly advanced image-control functions such as matrix, a TruEye feature, skin-tone detail, and color temperature controls. These functions - previously available only on high end studio cameras or camcorders allow creative images to be produced with high clarity. Optical and Electronic Lighting Controls Optimum light and color control is easily achieved using the built-in optical Neutral Density filter wheel and electronic Color Correction (CC) function. The HDC-X300 uses electronic color correction to eliminate the need for optical color correction filters. This allows all filters on the filter wheel to be ND types, providing the operator with greater flexibility in depth of field and exposure control. Optional HKC-SV1 Servo Filter Unit The camera can accept a special remote ND filter controller. The HDC-SV1 is a servo unit that allows the optical ND filters of the HDC-X310 to be controlled remotely from the RM-B750/B150 Remote Control Unit, the RCP-700 series Remote Control Panel or the MSU-900/950 Master Set-Up Unit. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC and PAL Systems Application: Scientific, Communications, Surveillance, Production Image Sensor: 3 x 1/2-Inch IT Power HAD HD-Type CCDs Lens Lens Optional Sony Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels: 1.5 Million Effective Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 800 Horizontal Lines Minimum Illumination: 0.003 Lux at f/1.4 (+48dB Gain + 64-frame Slow Shutter) Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 50dB Signal Connectors HD-SDI Video- BNC (x 1 output) Analog Component/RGB/HD- 15-Pin D-Dub (x 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Alarm Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Tally- Mini Jack (x 1) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin LEMO (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 18 Watts Operating Temperature: 14?to 113?F -10?to 45?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 7.8 x 6.2 x 4.5 Inches 198.1 x 157.4 x 114.3 mm Weight 2.8 Lbs 1.2 kg
|
![]() Sony DSR-450WSL DVCAM Camcorder Price: 16,200.00 Retail Price: 18,000.00 sony-dsr-450wsl Gigasonic The Sony DSR-450WSL is probably the ultimate DVCAM camcorder. In addition to its widescreen shooting capability it also can be switched from conventional NTSC 30 frame recording to the 24 frame "digital cinema" recording format. The unit has a built-in 2.5-inch LCD monitor, a Memory Stick slot for scene file storage, an 8-pin remote control port for using camera control boxes like the RM-B150 and the crucial battery-remaining display function. Optional boards exist for SDI output and Composite Video input. Features ? Three 2/3 inch 16:9 CCD 4:3 or 16:9 switch able 24P (with 2-3 pull down) or 30PsF progressive shooting Four assignable buttons Edit search function 2.5 flip out cover LCD panel i.LINK?(DV/DVCAM) In/Out connector for back up recording Electronic Color Correction filter High power video light connector InfoLithium?battery compatible -- displays the battery remaining time in minutes on viewfinder or the LCD. Slow shutter up to 16 frames for low light shooting or creating an after image effect Remote controller RM-B150//A or the RM-B750 remote controller (Optional) 6 types of standard gamma setting, plus 5 types of film gamma settings Pool feed recording CBK-SC01 Analog Composite Input Board (Optional) SDI output CBK-SD01 SDI Output Board (Optional) Long record time DVCAM format: 184 min. (using PDV-184ME) DV format SP mode: 270 min. (using PDV-184ME) Specifications ? Power requirements: DC 12V (11 to 17V) Power consumption: 17W (when recording with the LCD monitor off) Operating temperature: 0 degrees C to 40 degrees C (32 degrees F to 104 degrees F) Storage temperature: -20 degrees C to 60 degrees C (-4 degrees F to 140 degrees F) Operating humidity: Less than 85% Storage humidity: Less than 85% Recording format: DVCAM, DV-SP Continuous battery operating time: 300 minutes with BP-GL95; 180 minutes with BP-GL65; 170 minutes with BP-L60S Weight Approx. 8 lb, 10 oz for main body only Approx. 14 lb, 9 oz with VF, microphone, lens, battery pack (BP-GL95) and miniDV tape Dimensions (w/h/d): 146 x 268 x 328mm (5 ? x 10 5/8 x 13 inches) Image device: 3-chip 2/3-inch type, Power HAD EX CCD Total picture elements: 1038 (H) x 1008 (V) Effective picture elements: NTSC model: 980 (H) x 988 (V) Spectral system: F1.4 prism system (with quarts filter) Built-in filters: < ND filter > 1: Clear, 2: 1/4ND, 3: 1/16ND, 4: 1/64ND Lens mount: Sony 2/3-inch type Bayonet mount Sensitivity: F11 (3200K, 89.9% reflection chart, 2000 lx) Minimum illumination: 0.03 lx with slow shutter (16 frames accumulation) S/N ratio: NTSC model: 65dB, PAL model: 63dB Smear Vertical: -140dB Gain selection: -3dB, 0dB, 3dB, 6dB, 9dB, 12dB, 18dB, 24dB, 30dB and 36dB Horizontal resolution: DSR-450WS/P: 850 TV lines (4:3 mode), 800 TV lines (WS mode) Vertical resolution: 400TV lines (w/o EVS), 450TV lines (w/EVS) Sync system: Internal Sync, GENLOCK IN/VIDEO IN (VBS or BS) External Sync "
|
![]() Sony HDC-X310 HD Video Camera Price: 14,850.00 Retail Price: 16,500.00 Sony-hdc-x310 Gigasonic The Sony HDC-X310 incorporates three 1/2-inch type 1.5-mega pixel HD CCDs which offer high resolution, high sensitivity, and high signal-to-noise characteristics. Packing this performance into an extremely compact chassis the HDC-X310 offers advanced features such as progressive scan modes, slow shutter, and exceptional interface and operational flexibility through its associated HFU-X310 interface unit, connected via a fiber optical cable. The HFU-X310 interface unit hosts up to two optional interface boards to cover a range of output signals, including HD-SDI, SD-SDI, and HDV through the i.LINK interface , as well as computer XGA output. Features ? HD-SDI Output The HDC-X310 has connectors for analog and digital outputs including uncompressed HD-SDI through a single BNC connector. This connector allows for ultimate fidelity in image transfer and detailed monitoring. Small Size and Giant Performance Although the HDC-X310 offers high quality HD images, it is designed to be as compact as possible. This enables it to be installed discretely in many locations such as houses of worship, reception halls, and conference rooms. The camera can also integrate into remote controlled pan/tilt/zoom systems and conventional production environments. The progressive scan image capture function makes the camera useful in scientific and microscopy applications. Low Light Shooting The HDC-X310 offers two convenient functions for capturing clear images in low-light environments, a Slow Shutter mode and a Gain function, which can be used separately or together. The Slow Shutter mode allows the charge accumulation period of the CCD (typically 1/60TH or 1/50TH second) to be extended up to approximately two seconds (64 frames). The Gain function allows the camera gain to be boosted to +48 dB. When these functions are used together, the camera offers a minimum illumination of 0.003 Lux. Flexible Image Controls The HDC-X310 provides highly advanced image-control functions such as matrix, a TruEye feature, skin-tone detail, and color temperature controls. These functions - previously available only on high end studio cameras or camcorders allow creative images to be produced with high clarity. Optical and Electronic Lighting Controls Optimum light and color control is easily achieved using the built-in optical Neutral Density filter wheel and electronic Color Correction (CC) function. The HDC-X310 uses electronic color correction to eliminate the need for optical color correction filters. This allows all filters on the filter wheel to be ND types, providing the operator with greater flexibility in depth of field and exposure control. Optional HFU-X310 Control Unit The beauty of the HDC-X310 camera is that it can be connected to the HFU-X310 control unit which adds digital connections including FireWire, HDV, and even standard definition SDI. Digital data including external sync, bi-directional RS-232C Pan and Tilt and camera control signals can be transmitted between the box and the camera via optical fiber cable. The cable can be up to 1000 meters (3280 feet) long. The HFU-X310 control box accepts several option boards for specific output needs including HD-SDI, SD-SDI, XGA computer output and iLink for FireWire and HDV signals. Optional HKC-SV1 Servo Filter Unit The camera can accept a special remote ND filter controller. The HDC-SV1 is a servo unit that allows the optical ND filters of the HDC-X310 to be control remotely from the RM-B750/B150 Remote Control Unit, the RCP-700 series Remote Control Panel or the MSU-900/950 Master Set-Up Unit. Specifications ? Signal System: 1080/60i and 1080/50i Application: Scientific, Communications, Surveillance, Production Image Sensor: 3 x 1/2-Inch IT Power HAD HD-Type CCDs Lens Lens Optional Sony Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels: 1.5 Million Effective Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 1080 Horizontal Lines Minimum Illumination: 0.003 Lux at f/1.4 (+48dB Gain + 64-frame Slow Shutter) Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 50dB Signal Connectors HD-SDI Video- Optional Analog Component/RGB/HD- 15-Pin D-Dub (x 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Alarm Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Tally- Mini Jack (x 1) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin LEMO (x 1 input) OFC/Fiber Optic- LC Connector (x 2) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 19 Watts Operating Temperature 14?to 113?F -10?to 45?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 8.1 x 6.2 x 4.5 Inches 210 x 157.4 x 114.3 mm Weight 2.8 Lbs 1.3 kg
|
![]() Sony J-30SDI Betacam Player Price: 14,459.00 Retail Price: 16,068.00 sony-j-30sdi Gigasonic The J-30SDI is a video tape player only for the entire range of Betacam-derived ?-inch formats. Those formats include Betacam, Beta SP, Beta SX, MPEG/IMX and Digital Betacam. The players work with both NTSC and PAL recorded elements. To fit into modern edit suites and production facilities, the unit outputs iLink which is Sony's version of FireWire, along with uncompressed SDI video for the highest quality standard definition video available. Features ? DV-device connectivity Powerful playback capability (Betacam, Betacam SP, Betacam SX, MPEG IMX and Digital Betacam formats) Compact body design Replay of both small and large cassettes 525/625 versatility SDI outputs (x 2) Supports wireless infrared remote controller Flexible audio outputs UMID and Essence mark readable Specifications ? Power requirement: AC 100V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 55 W Operating temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C (+41 °F to +104 °F) Humidity: 25% to 80% (relative humidity) Mass: 8.2 kg (18lb 1 oz) Dimension (W x H x D): 307 x 100 x 397 mm (12 1/8 x 4 x 15 3/4 inches) Tape speed Digital Betacam: 96.7 mm/s MPEG IMX: 64.467 mm/s (525 mode), 53.776 mm/s (625 mode) Betacam SX: 59.515 mm/s (525 mode), 59.575 mm/s (625 mode) Betacam/Betacam SP: 118.6 mm/s, 101.5 mm/s (625 mode) Playback time Digital Betacam: Max. 124 min. with BCT-D124L MPEG IMX: Max. 184 min. (525 mode)/220 min. (625 mode) with BCT-184MXL Betacam SX: Max. 194 min. with BCT194SXLA Betacam/Betacam SP: Max. 90 min. (525 mode)/108 min. (625 mode) with BCT-90MLA Fast forward/rewind Digital Betacam: Approx. 5 min. with BCT-D124L MPEG IMX: Approx. 5 min. with BCT-184MXL Betacam SX: Approx. 5 min. with BCT-184SXLA Betacam/Betacam SP: Approx. 5 min. with BCT-90MLA Search speed range Digital Betacam: ?1 times normal playback speed MPEG IMX: ?2 times normal playback speed Betacam SX: ?5 times normal playback speed Betacam/Betacam SP: ?8 times (525 mode), ?0 times (625 mode) normal playback speed Servo lock time :1.5 s or less (from standby on) Load/unload time: 7 s or less
|
![]() Sony DSR-2000A DVCAM Player Price: 13,495.00 Retail Price: 15,340.00 sony-dsr-2000a Gigasonic The Sony DSR-2000A is the undated version of the original DSR-2000 VTR. It now includes Fire Wire connection for interfacing with non-linear systems. The unit remains a DVCAM player/recorder machine ideal for use in professional video edit environments. The deck supports playback of all DV based formats including DVCPRO and DV recorded in both SP and LP. The DSR-2000A also has pre-read editing for superior frame accuracy. Additional advantages include a built-in jog shuttle dial that allows for 2 machine linear editing and Dynamic Motion Control for clear playback and smooth edits at any speed. Features ? The New Addition Fire Wire The updated model DSR-2000A now includes a iLink/Fire Wire connection that the previous non-A machine could have as an extra cost option. For all intents and purposes the only option for this machine is now the RMM-130US rack mount kit. Pre-Read Editing Capability This feature provides many advantages such as A/B roll editing (mix and wipe only) using two decks and a sound-on-sound capability as well as audio cross fade function for cleans transitions at editing points. Additionally, audio mix/swap and over-dubbing of audio are available without the delay between video and audio. Two Machine Edits The front panel of the DSR-2000A features a built-in jog/shuttle dial that provides convenient two machine editing without external controllers. By using the built-in RS-422 machine control port with another such machine, a frame accurate edit system can be created. As an option, the BSDK-200 control panel enables remote operation up to 33 feet. Digital Slow Motion and DMC The DSR-2000A offers an variable speed playback function with a range of -.1 to +.1 times. Within this range the deck plays back noiseless digital slow images with smooth jog audio for ease of locating editing points. Dynamic Motion Control provides noiseless slow motion playback for VTR to VTR edits. Additionally, DMC makes it possible to control decks equipped with Dynamic Tracking from the DSR-2000A. Process Control Feature To provide highly stable video signals, the DSR-2000A is equipped with the process control for both analog and digital outputs. This provides accurate control of video level, chroma level, chroma phase, set-up, Y/C delay, sync phase, and sub-carrier phase for SDI, analog component, S-Video, and composite. These values can also be adjusted via the UVR-60 TBC remote and the 15-pin connector on the back of the deck. Channel Condition Monitoring This machine has a three-color channel condition indicator with each color representing a particular error rate threshold. This function quickly enables the operator to recognize the condition of the deck and the tape during editing operations. Dial Menu Operation The DSR-2000A incorporates an initial set-up menu that provides easy accessibility and simplified operation. The set-up menu can be scrolled and modified with the search dial while monitoring composite video out #3, SDI out #3, or the time counter display. Key Inhibit and Rec. Inhibit The VTR offers lock out functions to avoid accidental use of the deck. You may choose to lock out the record function alone or disable all the front panel keys all together. Closed Caption Function The DSR-2000A comes with a built-in closed captioning feature. The machine can record character data onto the video area as video auxiliary data and add to to the vertical blanking area in playback mode. The closed caption data is input through the composite and SDI inputs. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Tape Format: DVCAM Tape Speed: 28.193 mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 55dB Maximum Recording Time: 184 Minutes Audio Signal Format: 16 bit / 48kHz Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors SDI Video- BNC (x 2 input, 3 output) SDTI- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Fire Wire- 6-Pin (x 1) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 input, 1 output) Composite Video- BNC (x 2 input, 3 output) Reference Video- BNC (x 2 input, 1 output) Timecode- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Analog Audio- XLR (x 4 input, 4 output) AES/EBU Audio- BNC (x 2 input, 2 output) Monitor Audio- 1/4-Inch Phono (x 1 output) RS-422- 9-Pin (x 1) RS-232C- 9-Pin (x 1) Remote Control Panel- 15-Pin (x 1) Video Control- 15-Pin (x 1) Headphone- 1/4-Inch Phono (x 1) Power Requirements: 100 Volts to 240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: 110 Watts Operating Temperature 41 to 104 degrees F 5 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 16 7/8 x 7 x 19 5/8 in. 427 x 175 x 495.5mm Weight 39 lbs. 1 oz 18 kg
|
![]() Sony JH-1 Video Cassette Player Price: 13,450.00 Retail Price: 15,038.00 sony-jh-1 Gigasonic The J-H1 is an HDCAM compact player developed as a cost effective solution for HDCAM tape viewing, logging, and off-line editing.The J-H1 comes with unique features such as computer display output, i.LINK interface (optional), and multi field/frame rate operation. The J-H1 HDCAM cost-effective viewer machine is aimed for the HDTV operation environment. Features ? Most HD Systems Compatible There are multiple HDCAM video formats in use today and the J-H1 plays back almost every one of them. This machine will read 59.94i (60i), 50i, 25p and 29.97p (30p) framerates. Analog Outputs HD and SD A 3-BNC connection outputs both analog HD and standard component video. Additionally the deck down-converts high definition video signals to NTSC or PAL system video so output can be seen on any monitor or television screen. With the optional Firewire board, the HKJ-101 down-conversion with audio and timecode can be output for direct dubbing to DVCAM equipment. Tape Logging Software via RS-232C The J-H1 playback machine can be an efficient pre-edit logging machine when coupled with JZ-1 software on a PC (with capture card) that has RS-232C control. Log data including in and out points can be recorded along with simple comments regarding the scene. A story-board feature is present in the software package to assemble a sequence of logged scenes into a basic EDL for edit data export. Specifications ? Signal System: 50 and 60 frame Interlaced and Progressive Digital Tape Format: HDCAM Tape Speed 96.7 mm/second in 30 Frame Modes 80.7 mm/sec in 25 Frame Modes Maximum Playback Time 124 Minute Cassette in 30 Frame Modes 149 Minutes in 25 Frame Modes Audio Signal Format: Analog Audio both XLR and RCA Outputs Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Analog HD Video- 3 BNC (x 1) Analog SD Video- BNC (x 1) Analog SD Video- RCA (x 1) Sync- BNC (x 2) Computer Display- 15-Pin (x 1) FireWire / iLink- Optional with HKJ-101 provides 6-Pin (x 1) Audio- XLR (x 2 ) Audio- RCA (x 2) Headphone- 1/4-Inch Phono (x 1) RS-232C Control- 9-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 100-240 Volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz Power Consumption: 50 Watts Operating Temperature 41?to 104?F 5?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 12 1/8 x 4 x 15 3/4 in. 307 x 100 x 397mm
|
![]() Sony HDC-X300 HD Video Camera Price: 12,599.99 Retail Price: 15,000.00 Sony-hdc-x300 Gigasonic The Sony HDC-X300 is a very high quality industrial video camera designed to bring HDTV image capture to medical, scientific, surveillance and other production applications. The camera utilizes a 3-CCD system with over 1.5 million pixels for ultra detailed pictures. Digging deep into the cameras menu allows for sophisticated image control functions like skin tone detail, color matrix and color temperature settings. There are two trigger modes for syncing to flash lighting or syncing with other similar cameras. Features ? HD-SDI Output The HDC-X300 has connectors for analog and digital outputs including uncompressed HD-SDI through a single BNC connector. This connector allows for ultimate fidelity in image transfer and detailed monitoring. Small Size and Giant Performance Although the HDC-X300 offers high quality HD images, it is designed to be as compact as possible. This enables it to be installed discretely in many locations such as houses of worship, reception halls, and conference rooms. The camera can also integrate into remote controlled pan/tilt/zoom systems and conventional production environments. The progressive scan image capture function makes the camera useful in scientific and microscopy applications. Low Light Shooting The HDC-X300 offers two convenient functions for capturing clear images in low-light environments, a Slow Shutter mode and a Gain function, which can be used separately or together. The Slow Shutter mode allows the charge accumulation period of the CCD (typically 1/60TH or 1/50TH second) to be extended up to approximately two seconds (64 frames). The Gain function allows the camera gain to be boosted to +48 dB. When these functions are used together, the camera offers a minimum illumination of 0.003 Lux. Flexible Image Controls The HDC-X300 provides highly advanced image-control functions such as matrix, a TruEye feature, skin-tone detail, and color temperature controls. These functions - previously available only on high end studio cameras or camcorders allow creative images to be produced with high clarity. Optical and Electronic Lighting Controls Optimum light and color control is easily achieved using the built-in optical Neutral Density filter wheel and electronic Color Correction (CC) function. The HDC-X300 uses electronic color correction to eliminate the need for optical color correction filters. This allows all filters on the filter wheel to be ND types, providing the operator with greater flexibility in depth of field and exposure control. Optional HKC-SV1 Servo Filter Unit The camera can accept a special remote ND filter controller. The HDC-SV1 is a servo unit that allows the optical ND filters of the HDC-X310 to be controlled remotely from the RM-B750/B150 Remote Control Unit, the RCP-700 series Remote Control Panel or the MSU-900/950 Master Set-Up Unit. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC and PAL Systems Application: Scientific, Communications, Surveillance, Production Image Sensor: 3 x 1/2-Inch IT Power HAD HD-Type CCDs Lens Lens Optional Sony Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels: 1.5 Million Effective Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 800 Horizontal Lines Minimum Illumination: 0.003 Lux at f/1.4 (+48dB Gain + 64-frame Slow Shutter) Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 50dB Signal Connectors HD-SDI Video- BNC (x 1 output) Analog Component/RGB/HD- 15-Pin D-Dub (x 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Alarm Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Tally- Mini Jack (x 1) Remote Control- 8-Pin (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin LEMO (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 18 Watts Operating Temperature 14?to 113?F -10?to 45?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 7.8 x 6.2 x 4.5 Inches 198.1 x 157.4 x 114.3 mm Weight 2.8 Lbs 1.2 kg
|
![]() Sony DSR-400K DVCAM Camcorder Price: 11,420.95 Retail Price: 12,690.00 sony-dsr-400k Gigasonic Introducing our new generation DSR-400 camcorder featuring 3-2/3" Power HAD?EX CCD's. The DSR-400K model includes a 17X 2/3" CCD lens. Some of the features of the DSR-400 camcorder are new style and rugged alloy body construction, interchangeable 2/3" zoom-lenses, Power HAD EX CCD's, Full Digital Signal Processing, high resolution 1.5" B&W viewfinder (DXF-801) and LCD panel, Memory Stick?Scene file storage and software upgrade, compact & lightweight, adjustable shoulder pad, video light connector, electronic color temperature adjustment, jog dial menu control, DV and DVCAM?recording, and professional audio features. Features New style & rugged alloy body construction features a new body, new CCD & new DSP with significant improvements in reliability, ruggedness, & functionality. Interchangeable 2/3" zoom lenses Wide choice of lenses (2/3"-B2 mount). Professional operation (manual iris/zoom/focus settings). Accurate F stop indication feedback on VF Power HAD EX CCD's Incorporates three new high sensitivity low noise 2/3 inch 4:3 Power HAD EX CCD's for the ighest picture performance: virtually unperceivable V-Smear (-140Db); High signal-to-noise ratio (65Db typical) Full DSP (Digital Signal Processing) Advanced full DSP for high signal stability and superb imaging performance under all lighting conditions. DSP integrates many exclusive features which enhance the picture quality and improve the operation of the camcorder: TruEye?Signal Processing (for natural contrast reproduction even under extreme lighting conditions), DynaLatitude?function, Skin Tone DTL function, Black-Stretch/Compress function, easy to use menu functions, & 0.5 lux min. illumination with Hyper Gain Switch (+36Db). POOL FEED IS NOT AVAILABLE for DSR-400 models. High Resolution 1.5" B&W viewfinder (DXF-801) and LCD panel For precise focusing and picture control. The provided DXF-801 viewfinder includes many features: VF Light (LED) to light up the focus and iris ring area of the lens in dark situations (high/low/off switchable); 3 Tally lamp levels (switchable-high/low/off); Vertical and horizontal detail level control via PEAKING potentiometer; High resolution 2.5 inch (viewable area, measured diagonally) LCD panel viewable in bright sunlight. Memory Stick Scene file storage and software upgrade The DSR-400 has a new Memory stick scene file storage capability equivalent to that available on the igh end camcorders. Settings of the camera can be stored in customer an dcan also be shared by e-mail. This media can be used for service and software upgrades. Compact & Lightweight Very compact and fits perfectly on the shoulder. The weight balance is optimized to support extended shoulder shooting. Adjustable Shoulder Pad the new adjustable shoulder pad allows hours of operation without painful pressure points as is common with conventional, harder shoulder pad types Video Light Connector Optional (50W max.) video light equipment can be connected directly to the camcorder and powered from the video light connector. The light can be synchronized with the VTR Start/Stop switch or switched manually on/off. Electronic Color Temperature Adjustment Switching of color temperature electronically (via menu). Thus, the 5600K optical filter rarely needs to be employed (save 2/3 f-stop of sensitivity under daylight conditions). Adjustment of color temperature over a very wide range to achieve artistic painting effects and/or to influence the overall color reproduction. Jog Dial Menu Control Simplified menu operation-especially useful under time critical ENG production applications DV and DVCAM Recording All DVCAM format benefits are incorporated. High reliability vs consumer or professional DV. Long recording time-up to 3 hours of DVCAM on one tape. Extra long 4 1/2 hour DV SP recording Professional Audio Features 48 KHz/32kHz recording with 16-bit quantization. Two switchable balanced aduio XLR inputs: Line input, Mic input, Attenuated Mic Input. AGC (Automatic Gain Control) or manual adjustment
|
![]() Sony CCU-TX50 camera controls Price: 10,999.99 Retail Price: 13,162.00 Sony-ccu-tx50 Gigasonic The Sony CCU-TX50 is an economical camera control unit for use in studio and field applications. The triax base-station controls camera picture-look parameters including color, contrast, gain, shutter and selections from the menu system. Intercom, tally lights, teleprompter, return video and audio are all supported by this base station. Component Analog video is received from the camera for high quality image capture. With an optional board, the CCU-TX50 can output SDI uncompressed video whether for digital VTRs or digital non-linear systems. Features ? Compact body new 4RU for the DXC-D50 camera series CCU includes the DXBK-701 (standard SDI output board) Includes digital encoder, SDI monitoring, and standard operation panel (COU-TX7 type). File and software upgrades can be made by Memory Stick? trasfer Operates on AC power only High-quality component transmission with wide 10MHz band width for luminance (Y) and 5MHz for color difference signals (RY/B-Y). Allows 1500 meter maximum triax cable length (5/8 type). Color teleprompter video channel transmission. Features high speed, 10-bit quantized data transmission for smooth, real-time remote control. In addition to two simultaneously active composite outputs, two component video outputs selectable from Y/R-Y/B-Y, RGB and Y/C are available. Waveform monitor (WF) output & picture monitor output (PIX) are available. Two inputs are available for return video accepting VBS signals from two different systems. Flexible intercom support for systems such as Four-wire/Two-wire/RTS/Clearcom. 2 Channel program microphone system with XLR connectors provides phantom power to the CA-TX50 camera adaptor for an external microphone. Port for linking multiple control units. Specifications ? Power consumption: 100-240V AC, 50/60 Hz, maximum 1.3A Operating temperature: +5 degrees C to +40 degrees C (41 degrees F to 104 degrees F) Dimensions:200w x 124h x 265d mm (8 x 5 x 13 7/8 inches) Not including projecting parts. "
|
![]() Sony DSR-400L DVCAM Camcorder Price: 9,720.00 Retail Price: 10,800.00 sony-dsr-400l Gigasonic The Sony DSR-400L is a professional camcorder that pushes the envelope for high quality images in a small and efficient shoulder-mount design. It captures high resolution video in low light or bright light with the advanced 3 x 2/3-inch POWER HAD EX chip set. This configuration includes the standard black and white viewfinder and the tripod adapter plate. Features ? Viewfinder and LCD Monitor Worlds collide now that the DSR-400L has both an LCD screen and a conventional 1.5-inch black and white ENG style viewfinder. The black and white viewfinder makes critical focus easier and faster. In addition, the viewfinder has a small light just to illuminate the focus and iris ring on the lens. This feature can be switched off. The tally light viewable in the viewfinder is also switchable from high to low and to off. The 2.5-inch LCD panel allows the operator to view the scene in color without a sweaty eye on the viewfinder. Memory Scene Files The DSR-400L has a slot for accepting Memory Stick data storage medium. The settings of the camcorder including the menu system can be stored and shared with other camcorders thus matching picture looks and functions. The data can also be transmitted via network or even E-mail. Service and software updates can be facilitated in this manner as well. Full DSP Functions The DSR-400 has an advanced DSP for the most stable and precise images possible. The digital signal processor allows the user to customize picture looks for specific shooting requirements. The TruEye feature keeps contrast levels looking natural even in extreme lighting conditions. Skin Tone Detail can check color and contrast in three parameters for special shooting requirements. The Black Stretch/Compress feature lets the user dial in special high or low contrast looks. Video Light Connector The camera can output DC power via 2-pin PowerTap connector to a like equipped video light. It can power a small on-camera light with a bulb up to 50 watts. A switchable function can turn the light on when the camera goes into record mode or the light can be used in a completely manual fashion. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Image Device: 3-CCD, 2/3-Inch, Power HAD EX Interline Transfer Type Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 65 dB Horizontal Resolution: 920 Lines Sensitivity: f/11 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.5 Lux with f/1.4 plus Gain Up Vertical Smear: -140 dB Built-in Filters Clear 1/4 N.D. (1.5 Stops) 1/16 N.D. (4 Stops) 1/64 N.D. (6 Stops) Tungsten/Daylight Filter Switch LCD Monitor: 2.5-Inch TFT Color Speaker: Yes Viewfinder: DXF-801 1.5-Inch Black and White Microphone: Yes Scan Matching: Yes Memory Card Slot: Yes Shutter Speed Range: 1/100 to 1/2000 seconds Gain Selection: -3 to 36dB Tape Format DVCAM Consumer DV in SP Mode Accepts Large and Small Cassettes Tape Speed 28.193 mm/second in DVCAM Mode 18.8 mm/second in DV Mode Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Greater than 63 dB Maximum Recording Time 3 Hours in DVCAM Mode 4.5 Hours in DV Mode Audio Dynamic Range: Not Specified by Manufacturer Audio Signal Format 16 bit / 48kHz (2 channel) 12 bit / 32kHz (4 channel) Audio Frequency Response 20Hz to 20kHz (48kHz mode) 20Hz to 14.5kHz (32 kHz mode) Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Firewire- 6-Pin (x 1 input and output both) Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output as monitor out) Timecode- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Genlock- BNC (x 1 input) Sync- BNC (x 1 output) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Line Audio- RCA (x 2 output) Headphone- Mini Stereo (x 1) DC Power-2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output) DC Power- 7-Pin (x 1 output for wireless audio receiver) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption 17 Watts Minimum (measured with LCD and Viewfinder off) Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 9.75 x 10.5 x 21.0 Inches 245 x 268 x 532 mm (Width includes Viewfinder)
|
![]() Sony BRC-H700 3-CCD HDTV Camera Price: 9,495.00 Retail Price: 9,995.00 Sony-brc-h700 Gigasonic The Sony BRC-H700 is a high definition communications camera built with a pan and tilt mechanism. Its three 1/3-inch HD CCDs with over 1 million pixels each deliver high resolution images and accurate color reproduction. This camera is ideal for low light shooting environments. Features ? Optional Interface Connections The BRC-H700 comes equipped with a card slot that accepts a variety of optional interface cards, making it compatible with a number of different systems. The interfaces supported with these optional cards include HD-SDI, SD/SD-SDI (down converted), i.LINK (FireWire) for use with HDV systems, and computer XGA. Other features include an Image Flip function for installation flexibility and up to 16 presets for operational ease of use. High Performance Pan/Tilt/Zoom Mechanism The BRC-H700 covers a wide shooting range with its accurate Pan/Tilt mechanism. It has a wide pan range of 340?and a tilt range of 120? Both pan and tilt speeds are variable within the range of 0.25?to 60?per second. This enables the BRC-H700 to capture not only fast moving objects, but also slow-moving objects without rocking vibration. The BRC-H700 incorporates a 12x optical auto-focus zoom lens, allowing for a zoom capability of up to 48x when used in combination with its 4x digital zoom. Standard and Optional Outputs The BRC-H700 comes standard with a D-Sub 15-pin RGB/Component interface. The unit can also accept a range of optional interface cards that allow for flexible analog and digital system configurations. The optional cards include HFBK-HD1 for HD-SDI. The HFBK-SD1 delivers down-converted SD-SDI, Analog Component, RGB and Composite. The HFBK-XG1 will provide WXGA, XGA and VGA computer inputs. The HFBK-TS1 provides FireWire (Sony iLink in this case) for use with HDV systems. RS-232C and RS-422 Remote Control This camera can be controlled by external devices such as the optional RM-BR300 remote control unit with VISCA control protocol. All local controls such as Pan, Tilt, Zoom, camera settings and sixteen camera presets can be easily accessed. Up to seven cameras can be daisy-chained and controlled by a single RM-BR300 controller. Specifications ? Application: Network, Education, Table or Ceiling Mount Image Device: 1/3 Inch 3-CCD Signal System: NTSC and PAL System Switchable Lens 4.5 mm to 54 mm (12x Optical Zoom) f/1.6 to 2.8 Depending on Zoom 4x Digital Zoom Available Number of Pixels: 1.12 Million Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 1080 TV Lines Minimum Illumination: 6 Lux at f/1.6 with 50 IRE Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 50 dB Maximum Horizontal Field-of-View Full Wide 4.5 mm 60.3?Horizontal Angle View 36.2?Vertical Angle View Full (Optical) Zoom 54 mm 5.5?Horizontal Angle View 3.1?Vertical Angle View Pan Angle: +/- 170 Degrees from Center Pan Speed: 0.25 to 60 Degrees/Second Selectable Tilt Angle: -30?upward / +90?from Horizontal Tilt Speed: 0.25 to 60 Degrees/Second Selectable Signal Connectors Component/RGB- D-Sub 9-Pin (x 1 output) Sync- BNC (x 1) Power- Special Coaxial (x 1) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 24 Watts Operating Temperature 32?to 104?F 0?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD): 8.1 x 12.2 x 8.1 Inches (207 x 310.8 x 207 mm) Weight: 15.9 Lbs (4.5 kg)
|
![]() Sony VPL-VW100 Projector Price: 8,995.00 Retail Price: 9,999.00 Sony-vpl-vw100 Gigasonic The Sony VPL-VW100 is a high definition home theater projector equipped with three SXRD (Silicon Crystal Reflective Display) panels. This technology produces remarkable picture resolution, color and performance. This remarkable 1080p video projector transforms your living room into a cozy home entertainment center. It's sleek, clean design complements any home ambiance and does not compromise its first-rate delivery. Be prepared to be stopped in your track when the spectacular spectrum of colors appears right in front of your eyes. Features ? SXRD 1920 x 1080p Full HD Panels SXRD is a display technology developed by the television engineers at Sony to meet and exceed the demands of a High Definition image at its full 1080 line resolution; It is a 1920 x 1080p panel characterized by several key benefits: full HD resolution, smooth film-like image with minimal screen door effects, high response times (5ms rise and fall), high contrast ratios and accurate color rendition 400w Pure Xenon Lamp A special 400W pure Xenon lamp provides equal brightness output levels for all three primary colors - red, green and blue, used to create the trillions of colors that can be delivered; Natural and accurate color is reproduced with bottomless whites and spectacular reds Advanced Iris Sony's own Advanced Iris function uses algorithms designed to analyze the histogram of each picture along with nonlinear amplification to dynamically adjust the iris for its optimum opening; The result is a stunningly high contrast ratio of up to 15,000:1; Images in bright scenes are crisp and clear and black levels in dark scenes are deep and detailed ARC-F (All Range Crisp Focus) Lens A specially developed crisp focus lens was developed to take full advantage of the full 1920 x 1080 HD resolution that the SXRD panel device offers; The lens offers superior resolution and focus RCP (Real color Processing) Real color Processing allows the user to target specific colors on the picture and fine adjust their color and hue without changing the overall picture's color and hue; For instance, the color of a strawberry can be fine adjusted without impacting the skin tones, or the blue in a sky can be adjusted without affecting the color of water; Green grass can be adjusted without influencing the other colors in the picture Ultra Quiet Fan The fan efficiently removes heat at a barely noticeable noise spec of 22dB; Obtrusive fan noise is virtually eliminated to allow for flexibility in room placement Specifications ? Projector Display System: 0.61 SXRD panel x3 Native Resolution: 1920 x 1080 Number of Pixels: 2,073,600 x 3 = 6,220,800 Pixels Lumens Brightness: 800 ANSI Lumens Contrast Ratio: 15,000:1 Aspect Ratio: 16:9 True Wide Screen Mode System: Auto, NTSC, PAL, SECAM HDTV Compatibility 480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i 1080/60p DVI and HDMI channel only Lens System Lens: fl 8.7 to 33.7 mm/F2.54 to 3.53 mm Focus/Zoom Adjusting Power 1.8x Zoom Lens Lens Shift: Yes Recommended Projection Size: 40 to 300" diagonally Features Keystone Correction: Yes Ceiling Mountable: Yes Rear Screen Projection: No Projection Tilt Option: Yes Built-in Speaker: No Input/Output Connectors Input Terminals Computer HD-15 RGB - VGA (15 pin) x1 HDMI x1 DVI-D x1 Video Component (phono type) x3 S-Video: 4 pin x1 Composite (phono type) x1 Output Terminals: None Control Protocol Ethernet: Network addressable, RJ45 x1 Screen Trigger (12V DC power outlet) x1 RS232 Control: remote connector General Lamp (Bulb): 400w Xenon Fan Noise: 22db Remote Control: Yes Power Requirements 610w, Standby: 10w 100-240v, 0.8 to 1.95a, 50/60Hz Dimensions (WxHxD) 19.5 x 6.9 x 22.6" 496 x 175 x 574mm Weight 41lb 19kg "
|
![]() Sony PCM7040 DAT Recorder Price: 8,995.00 Retail Price: 9,599.00 Sony-pcm7040 Gigasonic Ideally suited for interchanging audio between recording studios and video post production facilities, Sony's PCM-7040 DAT recorder offers high-quality 2-channel digital recording with SMPTE time code. This high-end recorder is useful for a wide range of audio recording applications where time code synchronization and external control are required. Features 2 channel time code DAT audio recorder with comprehensive external control and synchronization capabilities Included as standard; Time Code Reader/Generator, Digital I/O, Memory Start, RS-232C I/F, and Edit Memory Compact, lightweight and low power consumption Start ID level Sync Function enables the PCM-7040 to write a Start ID automatically each time the audio level rises from period of silence and exceeds a selectable audio threshold Internal clock for Time Date allows the automatic time-stamping of recording. This date and time data can be read later from the tape on any PCM-7040 Eject Control via 37-pin Parallel Remote Key Reassignment for ease of use Support the Sony ISR (Interactive Status Reporting) System which allows the user to remotely monitor and report the Status of critical performance parameters within the unit (via RS-232C or modem) External Synchronization-The PCM-7040 recorder, with digital I/O and a time code reader/generator provided as standard, can be locked to a variety of external reference signals General Purpose Interfacing facility 37-pin connector provides an interface to the RM-D7100 remote controller or to a synchronizer for remote control of transport functions. Comprehensive Serial Remote Control 9-pin remote connector for convenient control from external equipment Subcode Recording Search/Locate Function- Time Code Locate Cueing Start ID Search Program Number and End ID Locate Blank Search Input Signal Level Control Variable Speed Recording Specifications Quantization: 16-bit linear Modulation: 8 to 10 modulation Recording Time: 124 minutes (with Sony PDP-124) Sampling Frequency: 48kHz, 44.1kHz Variable Speed Range: (12.5% (playback) Frequency Response: 20 Hz to 20 kHz (?.5 dB) Power Requirements: AC 120V (10% 60 Hz AC 230V +6/-10% 50/60Hz Power Consumption: Approx. 38 W at AC 120 V Approx. 0.3 A at AC 230V Recording System: Rotary-head DAT recording Tape Speed: 8.15 mm/s Scanner Rotation Speed: 2000 rpm (standard recording/playback) Track Pitch: 13.6 ?m Head System: Helical scanning rotary 4-head system FF and REW Time: Max. 60s (with Sony PDP-124) Shuttle Speed: x1/5, x1/2 , x1, x3, x8, or x16 normal speed Jog Speed: x 0 to x 1, x 3 normal speed Number of Channels: 2 channels Error Correction: Double-encoded RSC (Read Solomon Code) S/N Ratio: More than 90 dB T.H.D.: Less than 0.5% at reference level Wow and Flutter: Below measurable limit Cross Talk: Less than -80 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz) Differential Phase: within 10' (20 kHz) Delay Time: Approx. 135 ms (RAW mode) Analog Inputs: +4 dBs (+24dBs max.), 10k or 600Ohms balanced, XLR-3-31 type (x2) Analog Outputs: +4 dBs (+24dBs max.), less than 50Ohms balanced, XLR-3-32 type (x2) Digital Inputs AES/EBU (with transformer), 110Ohms XLR-3-31 type Digital Outputs: AES/EBU (with transformer), 20Ohms XLR-3-32 type Time Code Inputs: IEC461 (SMPTE/EBU), 0.5 to 10 Vp-p (10 k(), XLR-3-31 type Time Code Outputs: IEC461 (SMPTE/EBU), 2.4 Vp-p, XLR-3-32 type Word Sync Inputs: TTL compatible, 75Ohms Unbalanced, BNC type Word Sync Outputs: TTL compatible, low impedance, unbalanced, BNC type Video Sync Inputs: NTSC/PAL/SECAM or 50 Hz 60 Hz square wave, 0.3 to 4 Vp-p, 75Ohms unbalanced, BNC type Parallel Remote: TTL compatible, D-sub 37-pin, TTL compatible, DIN 8-pin Serial Remote: RS-422, D-sub 9-pin Computer I/F: RS-232C, D-sub 25-pin Monitor Outputs: -10 dBs, at less than 150Ohms RCA pin jack (x2) Headphone Outputs: -26 dBs at reference level (8( load) stereo phone jack
|
![]() Sony VPL-FX51 LCD Projector Price: 8,862.00 Retail Price: 11,295.00 sony-vpl-fx51 Gigasonic New Sony optical system improvements enable the VPL-FX51 to offer an outstanding brightness of 5200 ANSI lumens. That performance combined with the fact that it accepts a wide range of signals including digital signals means the VPL-FX51 can be used everywhere from large venue to meeting room applications. The VPL-FX51 can be mounted on a ceiling, on a floor, or installed in a rear projection system. In addition it can be combined with a choice of three optional lenses so it has the flexibility to be used in a wide range of environments. It is the bench mark model for multi-purpose installation projectors, while simultaneously offering sophisticated and effective features for presentations. The VPL-FX51 can be connected to a network and incorporated on a LAN. Users can control the VPL-FX51 remotely via the network, and they can receive emails from the projector which contain status updates such as lamp operating time, scheduled maintenance reminders, and emergency notification. Content management made possible by the projector's networking capability includes the ability for users to present files located anywhere on the connected network or users can use the on-board memory to display presentations and files at ease with nothing but the projector's remote control unit. Brightness, contrast, a robust input panel, and the aggressive power of networking all add up to one phenomenal projector, the VPL-FX51. Features ? SuperBright 5200 ANSI Lumen Output Super High Contrast Ratio New Direct Digital Panel Link New 3D Digital Comb Filter Native XGA High Resolution Panels Sony Exclusive Dynamic Detail Enhancer Sony 3D Gamma Correction RM-PJM16 Remote Control 4X Digital Zoom Wide Range of Input Signals Extreme Tilt Angles Optional Lenses RGB Enhancer Power Zoom/Focus/Picture Shift Back-to-Front Tilt Stacking Capability Direct Power On Digital Keystone Adjustment Network Connections Presentations from a Networked PC PC-less Presentations Easy Maintenance Access Application Software for Presentation Control Multi-Function Remote-Control Unit APA (Auto Pixel Alignment) Low Fan Noise On-Screen Display (OSD) Specifications ? OPTICAL Projection system 3 LCD panels, 1 lens projection system LCD panel 1.3-inch p-Si TFT LCD panel with Micro Lens Array 2,359,296 pixels (786,432 pixels x 3) Projection lens Approx. 1.3 times zoom lens, F1.7 to 2.0, f50.8 to 64.0 mm Lamp 300 W UHP lamp Screen coverage 40 to 300 inches (viewable area, measured diagonally) Light output 5200 ANSI lumens SIGNALS Color system NTSC, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N (automatically/manually selected) Resolution VIDEO: 750 TV lines, RGB: 1024 x 768 pixels Acceptable signals RGB (fH: 19 to 92 kHz, fV: 48 to 92 Hz (up to UXGA 60Hz)), 15 kHz component 50/60 Hz system, Progressive component 50/60 Hz system, DTV (480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i), Composite video, S video GENERAL Cabinet color White Power requirements AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption Max. 400 W, Standby 5 W Operation temperature 32 to 95 °F (0 to 35 °C) Operating humidity 35 to 85 % Dimensions 19 (W) x 6 5/8 (H) x 19 7/8 (D) inches (480 x 167 x 502 mm) Weight Approx. 23 lb 2 oz (10.5 kg) Heat dissipation 1365 BTU INPUTS/OUTPUTS VIDEO IN VIDEO: Loop-through BNC type 1.0 Vp-p ? dB, sync negative, 75 Ohm S VIDEO: Loop-through Mini DIN 4-pin (female) Y: 1.0 Vp-p ? dB, sync negative, 75 ? C: Burst 0.286 Vp-p ? dB (NTSC), 75 Ohm or 0.3 Vp-p ? dB (PAL), 75 Ohm INPUT A Analog RGB/Component: 5 BNC (female) R/R-Y: 0.7 Vp-p ? dB, positive, 75 ? G: 0.7 Vp-p ? dB, positive, 75 ? G with Sync/Y: 1.0 Vp-p ? dB, sync negative, 75 ? B/B-Y: 0.7 Vp-p ? dB, positive, 75 ? SYNC/HD Composite sync 1.0 to 5.0 Vp-p, high impedance positive/negative Horizontal sync 1.0 to 5.0 Vp-p, high impedance positive/negative VD Vertical sync 1.0 to 5.0 Vp-p, high impedance positive/negative INPUT B Digital/Analog RGB: DVI-I (TMDS) INPUT C ETHER: 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PC Card slot: PC Card slot Type II MONITOR OUT HD D-sub 15-pin (female) R/R-Y, G/Y, B/B-Y: Gain Unity, 75 ? SYNC/HD, VD: 4.0 Vp-p (open), 1.0 Vp-p (75 ?) RS-232C D-sub 9-pin (female) CONTROL S IN/ PLUG IN POWER Stereo mini jack 5.0 Vp-p Plug in power DC 5 V maximum output 60 mA TRIG Mini jack POWER ON: 12 V output impedance 4.7 k? POWER OFF: 0 V
|
![]() Sony VPL-FX52 LCD Projector Price: 8,662.00 Retail Price: 11,295.00 sony-vpl-fx52 Gigasonic The Sony VPL-FX52 is a stylish and highly versatile installation Projector that is perfect for showcasing presentations, video and images in a diverse range of settings such as auditoriums, museums, lecture theaters and conference halls. With 6000 ANSI lumens brightness, Sony 3LCD Technology and a 300w lamp, the VPL-FX52 produces high-impact images with superb color reproduction. The Sony VPL-FX52 has a wide range of features making it the ideal solution for mid to large venues. The ability to accept a wide variety of signals, up to HDTV, enables presentations to be played from a range of sources. Images can easily be adjusted to the desired setting. For facilities such as museums and conference halls, the direct power on" function allows the standby mode to be skipped so the VPL-FX52 is activated immediately. The projector has a password-authentication system to restrict unauthorized usage. Features ? 6000 ANSI Lumen Projector 1000:1 Contrast Ratio Network Capability Native XGA Resolution: RGB: 1024x768 pixels Video: 750 TV lines Equipped with Power zoom, power focus and Picture shift lens Dynamic Detail Enhancer (DDE) detects signals converted by 2-3 pull down RGB enhancer for enriched and crisp RGB image reproduction 3D Gamma Correction 3D Digital Comb Filter Installation Flexibility Twin Stacking Capability Variety of inputs Digital keystone adjustment of up to +/- 20 degrees Direct Power ON Variety of Optional Lenses Specifications ? Device Type: LCD projector Dimensions (WxDxH): 16.5 in x 19.8 in x 6.7 in Form Factor: Desktop Image Brightness: 6000 ANSI lumens Input Device: Remote control Lamp Type: UHP 300 Watt Max Resolution: 1024 x 768 Networking: Ethernet Power: ( 50/60 Hz ) Power Consumption Operational: 400 Watt Product Description: Sony VPL FX52 - LCD projector Video Input: RGB, S-Video, composite video, component video, HF TV signal ( SECAM, PAL, PAL-N, PAL-M, NTSC 4.43, NTSC 3.58 ) Video Output: RGB, S-Video, composite video Weight: 23.1 lbs "
|
![]() Sony DXC-D50H 2/3-Inch Dockable Camera Price: 8,444.00 Retail Price: 9,382.00 Sony-dxc-d50h Gigasonic Combining superior picture quality with operational convenience, Sony's DXC-D50 camera offers what every industrial and professional producer , director, camera operator requires for day to day shooting. The DXC-D50 is the standard format model camera for 4:3 aspect projects. It uses 3 Power HAD chips, interline transfer type, with 1 million pixels per chip. The DXC-D50 uses a 12-bit analog to digital converter and a 30-bit DSP for amazing color and contrast representation, custom picture looks, low noise and smear levels; better video under the harshest lighting conditions. If you factor in the adaptability to multi-core and triax systems, the DXC-D50 provides an ideal solution for ENG, EFP, and small studio operations at an affordable price. Features ? CCDs, ADC and DSP The DXC-D50 camera head brings high technology to the industrial camera market. The three 2/3 inch Power HAD CCD set with 1 million pixels each output over 800 lines of resolution. The ADC is a 12-bit design that ensures the captured images are processed with greater precision and less rounding off errors than 10-bit or lesser processors. The Digital Signal Processor, a 30-bit design, enables highly sophisticated image controls such as Knee Saturation and Adaptive Highlight Control. Knee Saturation works in bright conditions to reduce a washed-out effect in color saturation and hue. Adaptive highlight control provides multiple knee-points / slopes for superior over-exposure control. Low Key Saturation The Low Key Saturation function helps retain color and detail in low-light areas of the scene by optimizing color amplification in low-light levels. This function provides more natural color reproduction. Cross-Color Suppression In order to keep cross color and cross luminance to a minimum, the DXC-D50 virtually eliminates frequency components that may create artifacts being generated prior to the signal output. The use of a digital three-line comb filtering results in a great reduction of the cross color and dot crawl normally seen on picture monitors fed a composite signal. Skin Tone Detail Control DXC-D50 allows softer detail correction to be applied in facial areas while maintaining sharpness of the other parts of the picture. The operator can quickly select the function with the Area-detector cursor in the viewfinder. The color range for the skin tone detail and skin detail level can be selected manually using the menu system. E Z Functions ENG operators understand the importance of making the camera operation as quick and straightforward as possible. E Z Focus function opens the iris to reduce depth of field and makes focusing significantly easier especially in dark situations. The E Z Mode sets key camera parameters instantly to the standard or auto position simply by pressing one button. This feature is convenient when operators require very fast camera setup within a limited time frame. Optical Neutral Density Filters and Electronic Color Correction Three neutral density filters are built into the DXC-D50 for great depth of field control. 1/4 ND is good for 1.5 stops, 1/16 ND is equivalent to 4 stops, and 1/64 is equal to 6 stops down. Color correction filters are actually electronic presets instead of filters on the filter wheel. Now the range of ND filters can be used with any color temperature setting. File operation Using Memory Stick Memory Cards You may store and recall setup parameters for individual scenes or camera setup preferences. These parameters stored on a Memory Stick card can be transferred to another DXC-D50 or an RPC-D50 remote control unit allowing quick setup in multiple camera systems. Additionally, the files may be transmitted through your computer via email attachment and share them with cameras at remote locations. Clear-Scan Scan Matching Function Clear scan allows operators to shoot computer displays without the horizontal bands or flickers they usually create on screen. This is achieved by activating the Clear Scan function to select a shutter speed which then precisely matches the scanning frequency of the computer display. Shutter speeds are available ranging from 60.1Hz to 6000 Hz. Monitor-Out Function The DXC-D50 has a composite output specifically for remote monitoring applications. By connecting a monitor to this output, the same image as in the viewfinder is seen. A director or producer can see audio levels, f/stop, color temperature overlaid on the color video picture. Time and Date Stamp Legal videographers will appreciate the time and date stamp function. Time and date information can be overlaid on the video image in legal deposition work, security jobs or anytime this information is significant. Adapts to Different Applications and Systems The DXC-D50 is a versatile, adaptable camera for many industrial applications. The camera head accepts 4 different VTRs and 2 camera adapter backs. Adding the DSR-1 VTR creates a DVCAM / DV camcorder rig with 3 hour tape length and worldwide system integration. The VTR PVV-3 converts the camera (without an adapter) into a Beta SP camcorder. The DNV-5 VTR creates a Beta SX digital camcorder with 4:2:2 color sampling as required in the world of broadcast ENG or electronic film production. The DNV-5 (and the broadcast BVV-5 Beta SP VTR) requires the addition of the CA-511 camera adapter. The CA-TX7 is the TRIAX system interface. Used along with camera control units, specifically the CCU-TX7, the COU-TX7, and the RPC-D50, they allow the camera to be remotely controlled for all picture functions over long cables and adds features like return video, teleprompter feed, and additional audio functions. The CA-D50 camera back on the DXC-D50 should be integrated into systems with the CCU-D50 fully digital camera control unit and the RM-M7G paintbox. Attaching outboard digital recorders like the DSR-50 DVCAM VTR and the DVW-250 Digital Betacam VTR create powerful fully digital capture with fully customizable looks. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Image Device: 3-CCD, 2/3-Inch Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 65 dB Horizontal Resolution: 850 Lines Sensitivity: f/11 @ 2000 Lux Minimum Illumination: 0.5 Lux @ f/1.4 with 36 dB Vertical Smear: (-)140 dB Built-in Filters: 1/4 N.D. (1.5 stops), 1/16 ND (4 stops) 1/64 N.D. (6 stops), 5600K Speaker: None Viewfinder: Optional Microphone: Yes Scan Matching: Yes, 60.1 Hz to 6000Hz Memory Card Slot: Yes Tone: 1/100 to 1/2000 Seconds Gain Selection (-)3dB, 0dB, 3 dB, 6dB, 9dB, 12dB, 18dB, 24 dB, 30 dB, 36 dB Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 2 output) Remote Control- 10-Pin (x 1) VTR Interface- 76-Pin (x 1) VTR Interface- 50-Pin (x 1) Mic Audio- XLR (x 1 input) Power Requirements: 10.5 Volts to 17 Volts DC Power Consumption: 14 Watts Operating Temperature 32?to 104?F 0?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 9.6 x 10.2 x 19.0 Inches 242 x 258 x 480mm Weight 4.7 Lbs 2.2 kg
|
![]() Sony VPH-D50HTU Multiscan Projector Price: 7,499.99 Retail Price: 7,995.00 Sony-vph-d50htu Gigasonic The VPH-D50HTU Multiscan Projector is loaded with features, such as a Pre-Installed Line Doubler and Direct Video Memory Selection. This unit has a unique White/Gray color cabinet design that will blend beautifully with any ceiling or room decor. Features ? Quick and Easy Setup Optical alignment of the projector does not require disassembly of this projector. Simply open the upper panel cover and adjust the lens angle by rotating the horizontal and vertical screws with the supplied adjustment plate. Increased Brightness & Increased Bandwidth The VPH-D50HTU incorporates 7 CRTs that offer brightness of 160 ANSI lumens and bandwidth of 75 MHz. The benefits of increased bandwidth allow for a RGB resolution of (SXGA) 1280 x 1024 and a wider frequency response. Universal Air Coupling Enables the projector's screen size flexibility, to reproduce images ranging from 60 to 250 inches. Fine adjustments can be performed quickly and easily with the VPH-D50HTU. The CRT and lens angle can be independently changed horizontally and vertically while observing the reproduced image. Memory For Picture Control Data Recall The projector has 42 memory blocks (50 in total) that can be assigned to an input signal, so that the best possible registration and picture control data for each input signal can be memorized. This greatly reduces setup time. Better Registration System Two registration adjustments, Key balance and Pin balance, have been added for better registration control. When completed prior to zone adjustments, these minimize any necessary zone adjustments. Horizontal Scanning Frequency The new CRT accepts a horizontal scanning frequency of 64kHz. This expands video applications to include quadruplers, as well as increasing the acceptable input frequency. Standard Inputs In addition to the composite video and Y/C video inputs, the VPH-D50HTU can accept both HDTV (Y/PB/PR or RGB) signal and Component (R-Y(CR)/Y/R-B(CB)) signal at the same time, without any optional IFB board. Picture Orbit Function A Picture Orbiting function prevents CRT burn, which is an inherent problem with CRTs. When a still image is projected for a prolonged period of time, the image can burn into the CRT. In order to decrease burn-in, the system rotates the image at an indistinguishable speed and range. 7 On-Screen Languages For a broader user range. Languages used for the on-screen display can be selected among English, Japanese, Chinese, German, French, Italian and Spanish, based on the user's preference. Video Memory Function Up to 10 control setting recalls for each signal input, 6 factory presets, and picture control settings can be adjusted and memorized according to viewer preference. Up to ten different memory settings are available for easy recall. Picture control settings include functions such as contrast, hue, and brightness. All Video Memory inputs can be changed. Multi Screen Brightness Uniformity When a number of projectors are simultaneously used for a multi-screen display, a cascade or daisy chain connection of the ABL terminal on each projector is possible. Once the ABL activates on a projector, the others will automatically follow, maintaining uniform brightness on the entire screen. RS-422A Interface Computer Control The RS-422A remote interface enables a computer to control the projector operation, allowing for system expansion. Index Function Control individual PJs in multi-unit applications. A "built-in" index function allows an index number to be assigned to each projector in a multi-unit application. Conserve Energy When there is no signal input for more than 10 minutes, the projector will automatically enter into the POWER SAVE MODE, and the projection image will become muted. As soon as a signal is fed to the projector or any of the control keys are pressed, the projector will resume operation. Specifications ? System: NTSC / PAL / Secam CRT: 7" (Phosphor size 5.5-inch) high luminance air coupled (Color corrected: Red/Green) Static Focus Tubes Lens: Double focus f/1.0/135mm Screen Coverage: 60-250 inches (viewable area measured diagonally); factory preset 100 inch Light Output ANSI 160 lm (64kHz:50Hz, 6500K) ANSI 130 lm (15kHz:60Hz, 6500K) Peak White: 800 lm All White: 200 lm TV Lines 700 TV lines (video), 1000 TV lines (HDTV) Resolution: 1280 x 1024 (RGB, measured at fH:64kHz, fV:60Hz) Scanning Frequency H: 15-64kHz V: 38-150Hz RGB Bandwidth: 75MHz (-3dB) Test Signals Cross Hair, Hatch (9x9/17x17) reverse, Dot (9x9), H/H reverse, ME/ME Reverse, All White, Window, Window and line, Color Bar, Pluge, Stair-Step, Sub-Pattern, Cross (9x9) Power Requirements AC 120v, 50/60Hz AC 220v to 240v, 50/60Hz Power Consumption: 450w, Standby 7w Operating Temperature: 14-104°F, (0-40°C) Operating Humidity: 35 to 85% Storage Temperature: -4 - 140°F, (-20-60°C) Dimensions (WxHxD): 27-3/8 x 14-1/8 x 37" (603 x 345 x 671mm) Weight: 119 lbs. 1oz. (54kg) "
|
![]() Sony C-800G Condenser Microphone Price: 6,995.00 Retail Price: 7,999.00 sony-c-800g Gigasonic
|
![]() Sony DSR-1600A DVCAM Player Price: 5,695.00 Retail Price: 6,770.00 sony-dsr-1600a Gigasonic DVCAM™ Master Series Digital Videocassette Player with i.LINK interface. The new DSR-1600A has i.LINK interface as standard signal input/ouput. The DSR-1600A DVCAM player offers jog audio, slow motion, and editing performance. The DSR-1600A has built-in jog/search dial, multi-format playback capability of DV (SP only) and DVCPRO25, and can accommodate all 25 Mbps cassette sizes without the need for an adapter, or menu setting changes, for playback. The full range of analog and digital inputs outputs include SDI, SDTI, i.LINK, and AES/EBU digital audio, composite , component, and s-video analog video, making the DSR-1600A a very versatile digital video source machine. Features ? 16:9 Aspect Ratio Capability When the deck receives a wide aspect ID signal, the DSR-1600A will playback 16:9 aspect pictures captured with cameras like the HVR-Z1U, DXC-D50WSL, DSR-570WSL, and the DSR-PDX10. DVCAM/DV/DVCPRO Playback Take any DV based format-recorded tape (DV, DVCPRO, and DVCAM), any tape size (including medium DVCPRO) and the DSR-1600A will play it back. (DV in SP mode only) Dynamic Motion Control DMC feature allows variable speed playback for special effects or creative problem solving. These speed variations and their start and end points are stored for later playback. Use this feature with all the DV based formats including DVCPRO. TBC Adjustments with the UVR-60 Picture look and video set-up adjustments can be made with the UVR-60 TBC remote through the 15-pin connector on the back of the machine. Channel Condition Monitoring The DSR-1600A has a three-color channel condition indicator, with each color representing a particular error rate threshold level. This feature enable operators to quickly identify conditions of the deck and the tape. Optional SDI An optional board can turn the DSR-1600A into a cost-effective digitizer. The DSBK-1601 provides SDI video connectivity along with AES-EBU digital audio. With the board in place the deck will output uncompressed digital video and audio. Specifications ? Power requirements: AC 100-240V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: Approx. 70 W (DSR-1600A with all option boards) Dimensions (WxHxD): 16 7/8 x 7 x 19 5/8 inches Weight: approx. 28 lb. 10 oz Operating temperature: 32°F to 104°F Storage temperature: -4°F to 140°F Operating relative humidity: Less than 80% Storage relative humidity: Less than 90% Tape speed: approx. 28.193 mm/s Recording/playback time: Standard size: More than 184 min. Mini size: More than 40 min. FF/REW time Standard size: Less than 3 minutes Mini size: Less than 1 minutes Search speed: Max. 85 times normal speed, forward and reverse via RS-422A Ref. Video Output BNC x 1 0.286 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Composite Output BNC x 2 Composite, 1.0 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Component Output BNC x 3 Luminance: 1.0 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Chrominance R-Y: 0.7 Vp-p, 75W B-Y: 0.7 Vp-p, 75W S-Video Output DIN 4pin x 1 Y: 1.0Vp-p, 75W, sync negative C: 0.286Vp-p, 75W (at burst level) Audio Output: XLR 3-pin male x 4 Audio Monitor Output: RCA Phono jack x 1 Headphone Output: JM-60 stereo phone jack x 1 AES/EBU Output BNC x 2 Conformed to AES-3id-1995 Time Code Output: BNC x 1 Video Control: D-sub 15-pin x 1 RS-422A: D-sub 9-pin x 1 Control S (SIRCS): Stereo mini jack x 1 "
|
![]() Sony DSR-1500A VCAM Compact Player Price: 5,595.00 Retail Price: 6,245.00 sony-dsr-1500a Gigasonic The DSR-1500A incorporates the same innovative, high standard technology featured in the DSR-2000 into a compact, half-rack width design. The space-saving size makes the DSR-1500 ideal for such installations as in OB vehicles and with desktop editing systems. A key feature of the DSR-1500 is its recording and playback compatibility of consumer DV (SP mode only) in addition to DVCAM as well as playback capability of DVCPRO 25 Mbps recordings, and its ability to automatically accommodate all standardized cassette sizes without the need for an adapter or changing menu settings. The DSR-1500A comes equipped with a 6-pin i.LINK IEEE 1394 DV I/O connection allowing it to be immediately integrated into non-linear systems with connection compatibility. By configuring the DSR-1500A from either or both of its optional interface boards, it can be equipped to meet a broad range of professional user requirements. There are two optional interface boards available for the DSR-1500. The DSBK-1501 combination SDI/SDTI/AES/EBU interface option board ensures a migration path to and from Digital Betacam, MPEG IMX, Betacam SX and other digital video systems. The DSBK-1504 analog input interface board which includes component, composite and audio connections provide the bridge to existing analog based systems and equipment, and also allows the analog information to be transferred E to E via the standard i.LINK DV I/O connection. Features ? DVCAM and DV Format Compatible Incorporates the DVCAM format offering superior video and audio quality for broadcast and professional use. Also capable of recording and playing the consumer DV format (SP mode only), allowing a maximum of 270 minutes of recording time (DVCAM format: maximum 184 minutes). (NOTE: Recording in the DV format does not ensure frame accurate video and/or audio insertion.) PCM Digital Audio The DSR-1500 offers superb PCM digital audio performance with a wide dynamic range and an excellent signal-to-noise ratio. There are two selectable audio recording modes: 2CH mode with 48 kHz/16-bit or 4CH mode with 32 kHz/12-bit. Playback Compatibility with DV (25 Mbps) Format The DSR-1500 offers excellent playback compatibility of DV (25Mbps) format recordings. The DV formats include DVCAM, DV (SP mode only) and DVCPRO 25*. These tapes can be played back and utilized directly as editing materials with +/-0 Frame accuracy. *Playback signal of DVCRO recorded tape is not available via SDTI(QSDI) or i.LINK interfaces. Triple-positioning Cassette Compartment Triple-positioning cassette compartment automatically accepts DVCPRO M-size cassette tapes in addition to standard and mini size cassette tapes of DV, DVCAM and DVCPRO. Cassette insertion is done without the need to attach an external adapter, or without the need to set the playback format mode before use. Compact Size The DSR-1500 is half-rack size, 3U high. With this compact design, the DSR-1500 can be easily installed in a variety of applications. Ideal uses include as an editor/ feeder for desktop nonlinear editing systems, or for installations in confined spaces, such as OB vehicles. Digital Slow Motion and Jog Sound The DSR-1500 offers a variable speed playback function with a range of -0.5 to +0.5 times normal speed. Within this range, the unit can play back digital noiseless slow motion pictures and jog sound. This makes it possible to locate editing points quickly and accurately. This feature is available for all DV (25Mbps) format recorded tapes. Frame Accurate Editing The DSR-1500 is equipped with an RS-422A remote control connection to interface with the other RS-422A equipment. i.LINK based control is also available by installing the optional DSBK-1503 board. Frame accurate editing is possible through either interface. Audio Level Control Audio levels can be adjusted with the control knobs on the front panel in either the record or playback mode. Full Range of Standard Analog Outputs The DSR-1500 is equipped with a comprehensive range of analog output interfaces for both video and audio: composite, component, S-Video (Y/C) for video, and two channels of audio (via XLR connectors) are all standard. *Composite, component or S-Video is selectable through the menu. Digital Interfaces(using DSBK-1501 Digital Input/Output board) The DSBK-1501 option board provides the DSR-1500 with SDI and SDTI (QSDI) digital video and AES/EBU digital audio interfaces. i.LINK Interface (Standard) The 6-pin i.LINK IEEE 1394 DV I/O conneciton enables a single cable to simultaneously carry digital video and audio signals, as well as data and control signals, with practically no quality deterioration. The IEEE 1394 DV I/O enables connection to compatible third party video cameras, camcorders, VTRs, computers and video capture boards that support the DV In/Out interface for desktop editing. (NOTE: i.LINK connection compatibility must be verified by third party manufacturer.) Analog Inputs(using DSBK-1504 analog input board) The DSBK-1504 analog input board provides a full range of analog interfaces: composite, component, S-Video (Y/C) and two channel analog audio (XLR connectors). ClipLink Operation By integrating the DSR-1500 into a non-linear editing (NLE) system which supports ClipLink operation, the VTR is able to send ClipLink information data onto the NLE unit, providing great efficiency throughout the editing process. Process Control (Video Control) The DSR-1500 is equipped with process control for both analog and digital outputs through the VTR menu. This feature helps to provide the unit with highly stable video signals. Composite, S-Video, component and SDI outputs can be controlled with the Process Control. VITC Time Code The DSR-1500 supports both time code in the tape's sub code area, and also VITC through all video signal interfaces. Built-in Signal Generator Equipped with a built-in signal generator, the DSR-1500 can generate color bars or black burst for video, and 1 kHz tone or mute signal for audio. Closed Caption Closed Caption signals can be recorded and played back through analog and SDI interfaces. Control S Interface The Control S (SIRCS) interface enables connection to the DSRM-10 remote controller Unit for remote control, including Jog/Shuttle operation. Picture Search by Menu Keys The DSR-1500 provides a picture search function by use of the menu keys on the front panel. By pressing the left and right buttons, search speed of 10 times normal speed is available both in forward and reverse. The up and down buttons allow frame by frame picture search in forward and reverse. Also, search speed of 0.5 times is possible by continuously pressing these buttons. Universal AC Powering System The DSR-1500 employs a universal powering system to handle AC 100V to 240V, 50 or 60 Hz. The built-in regulator switches the unit to the appropriate voltage automatically. This allows the DSR-1500 to be used worldwide without the need for a transformer. Auto Repeat Function Auto repeat function is available through the VTR menu setting. Designated time code can also be set as start and stop points. Specifications ? Power Requirements: AC 100-240V, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: Approx. 60 W (with all options) Dimensions (WxHxD): 8 3/8 x 5 1/8 x 16 5/8 inches Weight: 13 lb. 3 oz Operating Temperature: 41°F to 104°F Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F Operating relative humidity: Less than 80% Storage Relative Humidity: Less than 90% Tape Speed: 28.193 mm/s Recording/Playback Time Standard size: More than 184 min. with PDV-184ME Mini size: More than 40 min. with PDVM-40ME FF/REW Time Standard size: Less than 3 minutes Mini size: Less than 1 minutes Search Speed: Max. 60 times normal speed, forward and reverse via RS-422A Reference Video Input BNC x 2, loop-through connection 0.286 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Audio Input: XLR 3-pin female x 2 Time code Input: BNC x 1 Composite Output BNC x 3 0.286 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Component Output BNC x 3 Luminance: 1.0 Vp-p, 75W, sync negative Chrominance R-Y: 0.7 Vp-p, 75W B-Y: 0.7 Vp-p, 75W S-Video Output BNC x 2 Y: 1.0Vp-p, 75W, sync negative C: 0.286Vp-p, 75W (at burst level) Audio Output: XLR 3-pin male x 2 Audio Monitor Output: RCA Phono jack x 1 Headphone Jack: JM-60 stereo phone jack x 1 AES/EBU Output BNC x 2 Conforms to AES-3id-1995 Time Code Output: BNC x 1 RS-422A: D-sub 9-pin x 1 Control S (SIRCS): Stereo mini jack x 1 "
|
![]() Sony DSRDR1000A Video Disk Price: 5,399.99 Retail Price: 6,342.00 Sony-dsrdr1000a Gigasonic Sony is please to introduce the new DSR-DR1000A DVCAM™ Master Series Hard Disk Recorder. This new recorder enhances the capabilities of the previous DSR-DR1000 by offering an increased disk capacity of 160 GB, allowing for a total of 12 hours recording time, and improved disk protocol for increased versatility in remote control applications. Primarily designed for recording and edit feeding applications, the DSR-DR1000A takes full advantage of the benefits of disk-based recording while maintaining the same operational feel as a VTR. The DSR-DR1000A can simultaneously record and playback, allowing a recording to be available immediately for play out and other feeding purposes without interruption. An i.LINK™ connector supports both the SBP2 protocol for DV file transfer and the conventional i.LINK (DV) protocol (AVC protocol). The SBP2 protocol allows DV files on a DSR-DR1000A to be transferred to other compatible equipment at high speed. The DSR-DR1000A also offers the convenience of high-quality digital jog sound, and slow motion playback over a wide speed range. Providing unique disk-based features at an affordable price, the DSR-DR1000A is an excellent choice for implementing disk-based technology into production suites. Features ? Improved capacity to 80GB Clip Segment Playback function Total recording capacity of 12 hours Seamless repeat playback of clip segments Variable speed playback over a range of +/- 2X normal speed Dynamic motion controller via an external controller Simultaneous recording and playback Continous loop recording Interval recording Synchronous playback via RS-422A i.Link interface VTR-like operation with Search Dial Compact, light-weight design Network capability
|
![]() Sony DSR-50 DVCAM Player Price: 5,143.00 Retail Price: 6,050.00 sony-dsr-50 Gigasonic The DSR-50 is a portable, lightweight multi-usage DVCAM VTR. It features a 2.5-inch diagonal built-in LCD monitor, making it perfect for field use. Additional professional features include 4-channel separate audio IN/OUT, timecode IN/OUT, 26-pin camera connector, and analog component OUT. The DSR-50 is ideal as an ENG/EFP recorder, back-up recorder for acquisition, event videography and evidence recording, as well as a simple viewer or upload/download VTR for non-linear editing systems. Features ? DVCAM & DV (SP) Recording Capability Compact and Lightweight Design 2.5 Built-in LCD Monitor PAL Playback Capability Four Channel Separate Audio 26-pin Camera Connector Time Code IN/OUT i.LINK IEEE-1394 I/O AC/DC Operation Specifications ? Rec/PB Mode: DVCAM/DV (SP mode only) Audio Rec Mode: 48KHz 16 bit 2ch, 32kHz 12 bit 4ch, auto (DV IN) Audio PB Mode: 48KHz 16 bit 2ch, 32kHz 12 bit 4ch, 32kHz 16 bit 2ch, 44.1KHz 16 bit 2ch (automatically selected) Time Code IN/OUT: Yes INPUT/OUTPUT Terminals Video IN (Composite) BNC x 1S Video IN mini DIN x 1 Audio IN XLR x 4 (with +48V power) Camera IN (26-pin)(Composite/Component) x 1 Reference IN (Same terminal as Video IN) Video OUT 1 (Composite) BNC x 1 Video OUT 2 (Composite) BNC x 1 S Video OUT mini DIN x 1 Component OUT BNC x 3Audio OUT RCA x 4 Audio OUT (Monitor) RCA x 1 i.LINK?DV IN/OUT) 6pin x 1 Timecode IN BNC x 1 Timcode OUT BNC x 1 Control S Stereo mini jack x 1 Headphone Standard x 1 Footswitch/Tally Stereo mini jack x1 Dimensions: 9 3/4 x 3 5/8 x 12 1/4 inches (WxHxD) excluding external projections (247 x 89 x 311mm) "
|
![]() Sony DSR-250P DVCAM Camcorder Price: 4,990.00 Retail Price: 5,200.00 Sony-dsr-250p Gigasonic 3 ccd pal dv/dvcam camcorder with standard dv recording capability. basic package includes dsr-250p camcorder, rmt-811 remote commander, directional monaural microphone (ecm-nv1), dxf-801 viewfinder, lens hood, lens cap. package consists of one each of the following components:dsr250p, vctu14. Features ? 3 ccd dvcam camcorder dvcam and standard dv recording lcd and high resolution b+w viewfinder supersteadyshot and one touch infinite control 12 zoom lens, up to 48x digital zoom 2 lux minimum illumination auto tracing white balance i link input and output wide screen capable xlr audio inputs presettable time code, rec run and free run programmable user bits jpeg still image recording up to 270 minutes of recording capability
|
![]() Sony HVR-Z1U 3-CCD HDV Camcorder Price: 4,900.00 Retail Price: 5,946.00 Sony-hvr-z1u Gigasonic Blurring the line between consumer and professional video cameras Sony has created the HVR-Z1U camcorder. It adheres to the HDV Consortium's specifications for 1080i recording on popular DV mini cassettes. This camera represents the widest array of professional features within a new standard of miniaturization. The HDV video standard will provide about double the resolution of the old standard DV formats. In contrast with consumer cameras, this the pro model HVR-Z1U offers many special functions that the professional operator will immediately appreciate. Just as an example, the HVR-Z1U will keep track of the hours of operation the camera endures. Another example of the pro camera's greater abilities is that it records and plays in DVCAM, consumer DV (SP mode), and the HDV formats. You may also use the LCD screen simultaneously with the viewfinder, a function not found in the consumer model. The design of the camera is aimed directly at the filmmaker, the most modern event video producers and even widescreen news shooters. Because it records in high definition and standard definition modes it can be used in a variety of production scenarios that may change from client to client or evolve over time. It is NTSC and PAL system compatible as well. Features ? High Definition and Standard Definition, and Film-Looks The HVR-Z1U is Sony's first attempt at a mini-sized camcorder for the newest high definition monitors. The camera records in 16:9 widescreen with native widescreen chips. It will output component video in 1080i, 480i and 480p formats. In fact it will output 60 frame, 50 frame, 30 frame and 25 frame standards. An additional function is HD to SD down conversion. Another feature of the camera is the CineFrame Mode that replicates the look of film production. The mode has 30 frame, 25 frame and 24 frame modes that utilize a 3:2 pull down conversion. Additionally the camera has the ability to down-convert HD captured video to standard definition video for viewing on a SD monitor or for systems that require SD video. High Quality Lens High resolution video starts with the finest glass lens appropriate to the camera. The HVR-Z1U has a Carl Zeiss designed lens, a world leader in optical technology. With the most advanced glass composition and the most efficient anti-reflective coatings this HDV camera captures the sharpest most detailed pictures in the most compact design available. World-Wide Compatibility The HDV camcorder is both NTSC and PAL and 50i/60i systems compatible which is a first for the pro-sumer 3-CCD camera market. This allows the industrial and event videographer to satisfy clients almost anywhere in the civilized world. The high-def formats are inherently universal being digital algorithmic constructions. Color Correction for Special Effects This very advanced feature allows the user to adjust color of a target subject without affection the color of the remainder of the scene. As a fascinating special effect one object may show color while the remaining scene is black and white. In fact 2 target colors may be chosen and controlled for color phase, color gain and other parameters. One-Touch Custom Set-Ups The HVR-Z1U has 6 buttons for your special custom setting memories and menu selections. A single button push will set the camera to your specific outdoor, fluorescent or color correction selected options. Menu items like REC REVIEW, Back-Light, Spot-Light features may be selected to one of the assignable buttons. Viewfinder and LCD Monitor Features Essentially all functions viewable through the viewfinder will be displayed on the 3.3-inch LCD screen- and both can be used simultaneously. Safety markers for 4:3 can be generated on a widescreen image for use with the Edge Crop function. The widescreen marker can be displayed on 4:3 recordings. All markers may be selected simultaneously. Zoom ratio display may be shown as a bar graph or in numerical readout as menu selected. Of course all supplemental viewfinder information may be turned off completely as well. Color Bars and Hours Metering The HVR-Z1U has 2 sets of color bars for accurate color representation. Full SMPTE bars and standard bars may be selected through menu settings. Diagnostic metering has been available on large professional camera from the very beginning of ENG shooting. This little camera is the first to address this requirement in a small camera. Operation, Drum Run, Tape Run and Threading hours are all available for maintenance purposes. Specifications ? Signal System NTSC and PAL Systems Recording 1080/60i, 1080/50i, 480/60i, 576/50i Playback 1080i/60, 1080i/50, 480/60i, 576/50i, 480/60p, 576/50p Image Device 3-CCD, 1/3-Inch 16:9 Aspect 1.12 Million Pixels Total Each Chip Lens 4.5mm to 54mm 12x Optical Zoom f/1.6 to f/2.4 72mm Filter Diameter Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Horizontal Resolution 1080 Lines Horizontal Pixels 1440 Vertical Pixels Sensitivity: Not Specified by Manufacturer Minimum Illumination 2 Lux Vertical Smear: Not Specified by Manufacturer Built-in Filters 1/4 ND (1.5 stops) 1/32 ND (5 stops) LCD Monitor 3.5 Inch 16:9 Aspect LCD Monitor and Viewfinder Can Be Used Simultaneously Viewfinder: Color Scan Matching: Yes Memory Card Slot: No Shutter Speed Range: 1/4 seconds to 1/10,000 seconds Gain Selection: 0 dB, (+)3 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12 dB, 15 dB, 18 dB Tape Format DVCAM Small Cassette HDV Record and Play DVCAM Record and Play DV Record and Play Tape Speed HDV- 18.8mm/sec. DVCAM- 28.2 mm/sec. DV SP Mode- 18.8mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time HDV-60 Minutes DVCAM-40 Minutes DV-60 Minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Not Specified by Manufacturer Audio Signal Format HDV MPEG1 Audio Layer II DVCAM/DV 16-bit/48kHz 2 Channel Mode 12-bit/32kHz 4 Channel Mode Audio Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors HD/SD Component- 3 RCA (x 1 output) Firewire- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output both) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output both) Composite Video- RCA (x 1 input and output both) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Audio- RCA (x 2 output) Headphone- Stereo Mini (x 1) LANC Control- Mini (x 1) Power Requirements: Not Specified by Manufacturer Power Consumption: 8.4 Watts Maximum Operating Temperature 32?to 104?F 0?to 40?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 6 x 7 1/8 x 14 3/8 Inches 152.4 x 181 x 165 mm Weight 4.25 Lbs. 1.9 kg
|
![]() Sony BRC-300 Camera Price: 4,495.00 Retail Price: 5,900.00 sony-brc-300 Gigasonic Sony's new Broadband Remote Camera, the BRC-300, is an entire category unto itself. It's Sony's first robotic camera to offer the quality of three individual mega pixel CCDs for brilliant resolution. Specifically designed for remote video-shooting applications, the BRC-300 incorporates three 1/4.7-type Advanced HAD™ CCDs to provide high-quality, high-resolution images in both 4:3 and 16:9 modes. With its E: Flip function for desktop or ceiling mount flexibility, the BRC-300 is ideal for use in a wide range of remote video shooting applications such as houses of worship, distance learning, corporate training, and cable TV broadcasting. In addition, its all-in-one design makes it an incredibly affordable alternative to separately configured cameras, lenses and P/T/Z mounts. And with a high-accuracy and wide-range pan/tilt/zoom capability, users can precisely capture the right points of the viewable area surrounding the BRC-300 to meet their needs. They can also easily operate the camera with Sony's optional RM-BR300 remote control unit, which is equipped with an ergonomic joystick, and feature-rich control panel. The BRC-300 comes equipped with a card slot that accepts optional interface cards, enabling the BRC-300 to be integrated into every kind of system from S-Video to RGB, iLINK™ DVCAM interface (optional card planned to be available soon), SDI or even fiber. In addition, two remote control interfaces (VISCA™ protocol) are available to provide additional expendability and flexibility for user's remote shooting needs. Features ? 3-CCD Quality with Widescreen Option The BRC-300 is a highly advanced design full motion video camera for remote education and conferencing application, just to mention a few. The million pixels from the 3-CCD design result in superior color, contrast and detail qualities rivaling the very best pro-sumer camcorders. If your presentations require or deserve the very finest detail, the BRC-300 is just the ticket. Meeting the demands of the newest widescreen monitors and digital projectors, the camera can actually output a native widescreen image without using mathematical interpolation or aspherical image shaping. It provides real widescreen 16:9 ratio pictures with that extra wide angle fitting more into your frame. Multitude of Control Options The camera can be controlled to a good extent with the included IR wireless remote unit. Taking it a step further, an optional RM-BR300 controller has joystick control over other pan and tilt movements, Lens zoom, iris and shutter control and preset camera and lens positions. An optical multiplex unit gives long-distance fiber-optic cable video out and control to the camera up to about 1500 feet. Wireless Remote Functions The standard wireless remote performs many basic functions that may be adequate for a single or small multi-camera system. The remote will control up to 3 cameras with individual presets. Pan and tilt, focus and zoom, exposure control and up to 6 preset camera and lens positions can be operated in this way. The zoom function even has a slow and fast selection. Optional Component and Digital Video Outputs The BRC-300 has an accessory slot to accommodate option cards for higher quality video enough for broadcast or for long distance cable runs. For extra-long stretches of cable the fiber-optic multiplexer BRBK-303 runs video and control data through glass cables up to 1500 feet. Analog component video or RGB data can be output via the BRBK-301. For the very highest quality video, good enough for broadcast or cable television, the camera accepts the BRBK-302 card which supplies uncompressed SDI video. Specifications ? Application: Network, Education, Table or Ceiling Mount Image Device: 1/4.7 Inch (0.213 inches) 3-CCD Signal System: NTSC Lens: 3.6 mm to 46.2 mm (12x Optical Zoom) f/1.6-2.8 Number of Pixels: 1,070,000 Total Pixels Horizontal Resolution: 600 TV Lines Minimum Illumination: 7 Lux at f/1.6 Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 50 dB Maximum Horizontal Field-of-View 37.8?in 4:3 Mode 45.4?in 16:9 Mode Pan Angle: +/- 170 Degrees from Center Pan Speed: Variable from 0.25?to 60?per Second Tilt Angle: +90 degrees upward / -30 degrees from Horizontal Tilt Speed: Variable from 0.25?to 60?per Second Signal Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 output) RS-232C/RS-422 Control- 9-Pin (x 1 ) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 21.6 Watts Minimum Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 7 1/8 x 8 3/8 x 8 1/8 inches 180 x 211 x 205 mm Weight 16 Lbs. 7.3 kg
|
![]() Sony DSR-PD170P DVCAM Camcorder Price: 4,275.00 Retail Price: 4,750.00 Sony-dsr-pd170p Gigasonic The DSR-PD170P is the PAL equivalent of the DSR-PD170 NTSC 3CCD DVCAM compact camcorder. The new DSR-PD170P DVCAM compact camcorder provides high quality acquisition in the DVCAM component digital format, as well as in DV, allowing up to 40 minutes recording on one tape Mini DVCAM tape, or 60 minutes on the same tape in the DV mode. This compact camcorder features three Advanced HAD 1/3 inch CCDs that allow two scanning modes: 480 progressive (for still) and interlaced (for video). These Advanced HAD? CCDs also provide high quality acquisition with increased resolution and sensitivity at reduced noise and vertical smear. The new enhancements to the CCDs have enabled the minimum illumination to be improved to an incredible 1 lux. The DSR-PD170P also features a built-in slot for both MemoryStick®and a flash memory card for still image storage. Up to 988 JPEG pictures can be stored on one 64 MB MemoryStick? In addition, the stored images can be mixed or keyed to the live image allowing logo insertion and/or mix effects. The built-in high MTF quality 12X electronic zoom lens features Auto focus and SuperSteadyShot? with manual Zoom, Focus and Iris control capability. Other enhancements from the DSR-PD150P include a larger high-resolution B&W viewfinder and a newly developed color swing out Hybrid LCD with greater brightness to increase monitoring capability in bright light conditions. The DSR-PD170P now has a larger handle with start/stop functions as well as zoom control on the handle for easy access and enhanced shooting capabilities. Features ? 1/3-inch 3CCD with high sensitivity and S/N ratio Professional 2ch audio input Hybrid 2.5-inch LCD colour monitor Precision Black & White viewfinder Improved Iris control Optical Super SteadyShot Large carrying handle with zoom lever and Rec Start/Stop button DVCAM & DV recording Timecode Setup i.LINK Interface Digital Editing Digital Still Camera Memory Photo Memory Mix InfoLITHIUM Battery System Long Operating Time Picture Effects and Titles Added and Improved Functions on DSR-PD170P (compared to earlier DSR-PD150P). Improved minimum illumination Improved audio quality for manual recording On-handle zoom lever and Rec start/stop button Larger handle size Larger viewfinder Hybrid LCD panel More precise Iris control Supplied wide conversion lens and new lens hood Supplied hood with built-in lens cap Simultaneous turn on of LCD panel and viewfinder i.LINK cable strap New body colour and new design for zoom / focus rings Specifications ? General Power Requirement: DC - 7.2V (battery); DC - 8.4V (AC adaptor) Power Consumption: Rec - 5.4W (LCD only); 4.7W (VF only) Weight: Approx. 1.5 kg (camcorder only) Dimensions: 125(w) x 180(h) x 405(d) mm Camera Section Image Device: Three 1/3-inch type CCD (450k pixels each gross) Focusing: Auto/Manual(ring)/Infinity/One Push Auto Iris: F1.6, F2, F2.4, F2.8, F3.4, F4, F4.8, F5.6, F6.8, F8, F9.6, F11, Close Shutter Control: 1/3 to 1/10000 sec White balance: Auto/One-push/Outdoor 5800K/Indoor (3200K) Minimum Illumination: 2 lux Horizontal Resolution: 530 TV lines Viewfinder: 180k dots b&w, Zebra pattern LCD: 2.5 type colour panel, 200k dots Microphone: Mono-type electret condenser Built-in Speaker: Dynamic speaker Memory Card Memory Stick: 4MB (supplied), 8MB, 16MB, 32MB, 64MB Image Storage: 4MB - Super Fine: 20 Images (VGA 640x480) Image Storage: 4MB - Fine: 40 Images (VGA 640x480) Image Storage: 4MB - Standard: 60 Images (VGA 640x480) VTR Section Format: DVCAM component digital; DV menu selectable Maximum Recording Time: 40 mins DVCAM mode; 60 mins DV (SP) mode Tape Speed: 28.2 mm/sec DVCAM mode; 18.8 mm/sec DV (SP) mode Inputs/Outputs S-Video IN/OUT: Mini DIN 4-pin x 1 i.LINK (DV I/O): 4-pin x 1 Video IN/OUT: RCA pin x 1 Audio IN/OUT: RCA pin x 2 Audio IN: XLR 3-pin x 2 Other Connectors LANC (Control L): Stereo 2.5mm mini mini-jack x1 Headphone Jack: Stereo mini-jack External DC IN: 8.4V from AC-L10 AC Adaptor "
|
![]() Sony DSR-250 DVCAM Camcorder Price: 4,157.00 Retail Price: 4,619.00 sony-dsr-250 Gigasonic With the stability of its shoulder mount design, its light weight and a long list of innovative and convenience features, its no wonder the DSR-250 has become the prototypical event-video production camera for shooters big and small. The DSR-250 can record in both DVCAM (the professional format) and DV (the consumer format), and it accepts both large and small cassettes for a maximum recording time greater than 3 hours. Features ? CCDs and DSP Sony has equipped the DSR-250 with 3 1/3 inch CCDs containing 380,000 pixels each. The chips' high technology result in low smear levels giving the camera great bright scene image quality. And a high signal to noise ratio means that the camera will operate effectively in low light conditions also. The DSR-250 allows you to set custom picture looks by adjusting the different parameters within the Digital Signal Processor. Now you can match multiple cameras for various color requirements. The custom settings may be recalled at a later time. 12 x Optical Zoom Lens with Super SteadiShot The DSR-250 has a dedicated, non-detachable zoom lens that has a 6mm wide angle. Conveniently, the lens accepts 58 mm screw on filters and accessories. There are a number of lens adapters that will mount directly onto the lens. With the stability of shoulder mounting the camera, all but the most accomplished camera operator will generate a certain amount of subtle hand-shake. Image stabilization comes from the optical system Super SteadiShot. The SteadiShot system checks for horizontal and vertical movements and corrects them with a small motor hundreds of times per second. All this is accomplished without digitally degrading the image. DVCAM Professional Recording Format Using a steeper track pitch, the DVCAM format lays down more information onto the tape frame for frame than the DV consumer format. And DVCAM locks audio to video for drift-free long duration recording. The technical numbers speak volumes: 8-bit component recording, 5:1 intra-frame compression and 4:1:1 color sampling. The DVCAM format offers realistic color and contrast quality, multi-generation dubbing capacity, and worldwide compatibility. The DSR-250 accepts large and small cassettes and will even record in the consumer format DV. Maximum tape length is over 3 hours. SMPTE Standard Time-Code The DSR-250's professional features include striping SMPTE time-code. Set hours, minutes, seconds and frames to best identify individual tapes. You also chose from FREE-RUN and REC-RUN and DF (drop-frame) and NDF (non-drop-frame) for consistency throughout your production. User-bits, alphanumeric coding, can be set to give additional information to the editor or producer. Analog and Digital Ins and Outs The DSR-250 will accept both analog Composite (RCA) and S-Video for input and output. This allows the operator to use standard home-type VCRs for source material and most standard televisions to playback the video. The digital Firewire (IEEE-1394, I-Link) interface is both input and output (as always). Sophisticated Titling Functions Using the more expensive IC chip cassettes gives you some interesting features including saving titles to the cassette's memory. These titles are not super-imposed on top of the video, but are displayed during playback. Use this function as an indexing function. In addition, the DSR-250 also has a tape title function that displays a title on the tape during the first 5 seconds of the recording. Professional Quality Viewfinder A DXF-801 viewfinder with 600 lines of horizontal resolution is standard with the DSR-250. The CRT is a 1.5 inch B/W, very similar to the DXC-D35 standard viewfinder. The viewfinder has a lens light to illuminate the rear of the lens in conditions with poor ambient light. LCD Monitor With 200,000 pixels and great picture quality, the LCD screen allows you to compose the shots while your eye is off the eyepiece. It also allows the producer to see what the operator sees in the viewfinder. The LCD monitor makes setting menu selections easier also. Now carrying a heavy field monitor from location to location is probably not required. Time and Date Stamp As required by legal deposition videographers, the DSR-250 has a time/date stamp. This feature gives you the ability to insert (super-impose) time and date onto the lower third of the frame. Built-in Transition Selections Five fader modes are built into the DSR-250 for professional looking in-camera effects. Black Fade- In and Out Monotone Fade- From black and white to color Overlap- Last image becomes still and overlaps into new scene Wipe-From left to right or right to left Dot- Picture breaks into dots and dissipates Capture Still Images in JPEG In a pinch, the DSR-250 will record still images in 640 x 480 (VGA) resolution on a Memory Stick media card. The 4mb card will hold a approximately 60 images. Once the images are stored, you can download the data to a computer and manipulate the images with software. Furthermore, you have the ability to e-mail these images for review at another location or at another time. Audio Section The DSR-250 records onto 2 channels of balanced audio built right into the camera. XLR connectors on the front and rear of the camera allow you to connect almost any professional microphone, wired or wireless. In addition, you may chose to record line-level audio (the type that comes from a CD player, audio cassette deck, or from cable or broadcast TV). You may also choose to supply 48-volt power (Phantom power) to special microphones that require such power. PowerTap DC Output for On-Camera Lights No longer do you have to wear a heavy battery belt to power an on-camera sun-gun. The DSR-250 has a special 2-pin DC PowerTap output specifically for powering camera-mounted lights. PowerTap was first available only on Anton Bauer lights but now a good selection of companies produce units that will plug directly into the camera. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC, 30 frames, 60 interlaced fields per second Image Device 3-CCD, 1/3-Inch Interline Transfer-type Lens 6mm to 72mm 12x Optical Zoom, 48x Digital Zoom Available f/1.6-2.4 58mm Filter Diameter Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Horizontal Resolution: 530 Lines Sensitivity: Not Specified by Manufacturer Minimum Illumination: 2 Lux with 18 dB Gain Vertical Smear: Not Specified by Manufacturer Built-in Filters: 3200 k, 5600 k, 1/4ND, 1/32ND LCD Monitor: 2.5-Inch Viewfinder: 1.5-Inch Black and White Scan Matching: No Memory Card Slot: Yes Shutter Speed Range: 1/4, to 1/10,000 seconds Gain Selection: 0 dB, (+)3 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12 dB, 15 dB, 18 dB Tape Format: DVCAM / DV Tape Speed DVCAM- 28.2 mm / sec. DV- 18.8mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time: 180 Minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Not Specified by Manufacturer Audio Signal Format Recording 16-bit/48kHz 12-bit/32kHz Playback 16-bit/48kHz 12-bit/32 kHz 16-bit/32kHz 16-bit/44.1kHz Audio Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- RCA (x 1 input and output both) Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output both) Firewire- 6-Pin (x 1 input and output both) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Line Audio- RCA (x 2 input and output both) Headphones- Mini Stereo (x 1) Remote Control- Mini Stereo (x 1) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input) DC Power-2-Pin PowerTap (x 1 output) DC Power- 4-Pin Lemo (x 1 output- for wireless audio receiver) Power Requirements: 12 Volts DC Power Consumption: 12.1 Watts Maximum Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 9 5/8 x 10 x 20 1/8 Inches 241 x 251 x 508.8 mm Weight 9 lbs. 11 oz. 4.4 kg
|
![]() Sony DSR-45 DVCAM Recorder Price: 4,145.00 Retail Price: 4,740.00 sony-dsr-45 Gigasonic DVCAM Compact Digital VTR with 2.5 LCD". This new recorder enhances the capabilities of the previous DSR-45 by offering a larger 2.5" (viewable area, measured diagonally) color LCD video monitor. All other features and specifications remain the same as the previous DSR-45A. This front-loading VTR accepts both standard and mini size cassettes, and its half-rack design allows the DSR-45A to be easily integrated into existing linear and non-linear editing systems. The DSR-45A is also an ideal VTR for those looking to move from analog based formats to a professional grade digital format with a simple yet robust migration path. Features ? Larger 2.5" Color LCD Video Monitor for Viewing Video Playback, Audio Levels and Menu Selection All other specifications, inputs, and outputs are the same as the previous DSR-45. DVCAM Format and DV Format (SP Mode Only) Capability Long Duration Recording Capability Compact Half-rack Unit Size Standard and MiniDV Cassette Size Compatible Standard and MiniDV Cassette Size Compatible 4-pin i.LINK IEEE-1394 DV I/O Interface Analog Component Video IN/OUT 4-Channel Separate Audio IN/OUT Tape Counter Display Time Code IN/OUT Time Code / User Bit Preset (for DVCAM Mode only) Time Code Recording via DV IN RS-422A Interface for Feeder Operation RS-232C Interface Color Bar Generation Specifications ? Dimensions: 212mm x 98mm x 392.8mm (including knob and button protrusions) Weight: 4.6kg Power Requirement: AC: 100 ~ 240V Power Consumption: Approx. AC: 22W Video Signal: EIA Standards, NTSC color Audio Signal REC: 48kHz/16bit, 32kHz/12bit PB: 48kHz/16bit, 32kHz/12bit, 32kHz/16bit, 44kHz/16bit Video Input Component: BNC x 3 (Y, R-Y, B-Y) Composite: BNC x 1 S-Video: Y/C (mini DIN 4-pin) x1 Audio Inputs Phono Jacks x4; Variable (-10, -2, +4) Input Level Selection Audio Output XLR 3-pin male x 4 (+4dBu) RCA x 1 (Monitor Out) i.LINK Digital In/Out: IEEE 1394 DV I/O 4pin x 1 Headphone Jack: Stereo Mini (Front Panel) Time Code In: BNC x1 Time Code Out: BNC x1 i.LINK: 4-pin IEEE 1394 DV I/O x1 RS-422A: D-sub 9-pin (Female) RS-232C: D-sub 9-pin (Male) Control S: Stereo Mini LANC: Stereo Mini-mini
|
![]() Sony DXC990K Video Camera Price: 3,795.00 Retail Price: 4,599.00 Sony-dxc900k Gigasonic If you need an affordable 1/2 type DSP 3CCD color video camera for remote camera applications, Sony's DXC-990 will shoot video wherever you go. Perfect for sports shooting, houses of worship, and boardrooms --and even microscopy-- the DXC-990 uses a bayonet-mount lens and provides a resolution of 850 TVL and a S/N ration of 63dB. The camera also incorporates Exwave HAD™ technology -- the Sony technology that greatly improves camera sensitivity (F11 @2000 lx) while reducing smear compared to previous CCD technologies Features ? High Resolution: 850 TVL 3CCD with new 10 Bit DSP Technology Compact size - measuring 70 X 72 X 123.5mm Lightweight, weighing only 800g or approximately 1.7 lbs Bayonet mount with double hot shoe lenses available RGB, Y/C and Y/R-Y/B-Y and composite outputs
|
![]() Sony DXC-990 Video Camera Price: 3,650.00 Retail Price: 4,310.00 sony-dxc-990 Gigasonic The Sony DXC-990 is a 3-chip color video camera for security and industrial applications. It uses a 1/2-inch CCD that outputs 850 lines of resolution and quality video for scientific and industrial applications. The camera takes professional bayonet-mount lenses. Features ? Research and Technical Applications The DXC-990 is a very high quality capture device. It outputs 850 lines of horizontal resolution and it has 63dB of signal to noise. The camera is made for such detail-critical applications such as microscopy, micro-inspection, and machine vision. With the great selection of professional bayonet lenses available, macro, long telephoto, and super-fast low light lenses can be applied to achieve impressive results. 10-Bit Digital Signal Processor The DXC-990 is a camera with simple to use on-screen menu set-up features. The camera uses an advanced technology 10-bit digital signal processor that allows sophisticated image controls. The Black-Stretch function permits greater detail in the darker sections of the scene. The Dyna-Latitude feature permits greater detail in the brightest areas of the scene. The camera can also be set up for auto-exposure in 6 specific areas of the viewfinder including a manual setting that exposes for a very small area anywhere in the viewfinder chosen. Scene File and User File Memory Scene Files are used to accommodate four different common shooting situations including Standard, Microscope, Full Auto, and Strobe. The User Files allow the user to set two custom parameters in the menu for instant recall. Color Shading Feature This function allows for color verification on a microscope. RS-232C Control The camera has the ubiquitous 9-pin connector for software driven controls. Specifications ? Application: Industrial, Microscopy Signal System: NTSC Image Sensor: 1/2-Inch CCD x 3 Lens Mount: 1/2-Inch Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels 379,000 768 horizontal x 494 Vertical Horizontal Resolution: 850 TV Lines Horizontal Resolution Minimum Illumination: 1.0 Lux with f/1.4 and Hyper Gain Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 63 dB Signal Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output) Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Power+Video- 12-Pin (x 1) RGB- 9-Pin (x 1 output) Remote- 8-Pin DIN (x 1) Lens- 6-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 10.5 to 15 Volts DC Power Consumption: 8 Watts Operating Temperature 23 to 113 degrees F -5 to 45 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 2 7/8 x 2 7/8 x 4 7/8 inches 70 x 72 x 123.5 mm
|
![]() Sony DXC-990P Video Camera Price: 3,567.95 Retail Price: 4,395.00 Sony-dxc-990p Gigasonic The Sony DXC-990 is a 3-chip color video camera for security and industrial applications. It uses a 1/2-inch CCD that outputs 850 lines of resolution and quality video for scientific and industrial applications. The camera takes professional bayonet-mount lenses. This is the European standard PAL model. Features ? Research and Technical Applications The DXC-990P is a very high quality capture device. It outputs 850 lines of horizontal resolution and it has 62dB of signal to noise. The camera is made for such detail-critical applications such as microscopy, micro-inspection, and machine vision. With the great selection of professional bayonet lenses available, macro, long telephoto, and super-fast low light lenses can be applied to achieve impressive results. 10-Bit Digital Signal Processor The DXC-990P is a camera with simple to use on-screen menu set-up features. The camera uses an advanced technology 10-bit digital signal processor that allows sophisticated image controls. The Black-Stretch function permits greater detail in the darker sections of the scene. The Dyna-Latitude feature permits greater detail in the brightest areas of the scene. The camera can also be set up for auto-exposure in 6 specific areas of the viewfinder including a manual setting that exposes for a very small area anywhere in the viewfinder chosen. Scene File and User File Memory Scene Files are used to accommodate four different common shooting situations including Standard, Microscope, Full Auto, and Strobe. The User Files allow the user to set two custom parameters in the menu for instant recall. Color Shading Feature This function allows for color verification on a microscope. RS-232C Control The camera has the ubiquitous 9-pin connector for software driven controls. Specifications ? Application: Industrial, Microscopy Signal System: PAL Image Sensor: 1/2-Inch CCD x 3 Lens Mount: 1/2-Inch Bayonet Mount Number of Pixels 437,000 752 horizontal x 582 Vertical Horizontal Resolution: 850 TV Lines Horizontal Resolution Minimum Illumination: 1.0 Lux with f/1.4 and Hyper Gain Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 63 dB Signal Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output) Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Power+Video- 12-Pin (x 1) RGB- 9-Pin (x 1 output) Remote- 8-Pin DIN (x 1) Lens- 6-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 10.5 to 15 Volts DC Power Consumption: 8 Watts Operating Temperature 23 to 113 degrees F -5 to 45 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 2 7/8 x 2 7/8 x 4 7/8 inches 70 x 72 x 123.5 mm Weight 1 lb. 6 oz. 630 g
|
![]() Sony DSR-PD170 DVCAM Camcorder Price: 3,546.00 Retail Price: 3,940.00 Sony-dsr-pd170 Gigasonic When video capture quality, format continuity, and equipment reliability is critical to your production, Sony's DSR-PD170 is probably on your list of considerations. The PD170 offers high quality video capture in excess of 500 lines of resolution, balanced audio inputs that are line/mic level switchable, a professional format that integrates SMPTE compatible time code, and excellent low-light shooting capability. The camera weighs about 5 pounds with tape and battery. A plethora of accessories and options makes this Sony 3-chip camera easy to work with in virtually any shooting scenario. Features ? DVCAM Format for Professional Shooting Environments DVCAM is Sony's professional version of the ubiquitous DV format recording component digital for high quality and a universe of editing solutions. The camera has iLink, the Sony version of Firewire (also known as IEEE1394). The DVCAM format runs the tape at a higher speed than the consumer DV format, which means more information to tape every second of recording. Advanced CCDs and Upgraded DSP The DSR-PD170 offers both outstanding video and still image capture. The 3-CCDs have 380,000 pixels each that deliver over 500 lines of resolution. In video mode, the digital signal processor (DSP) outputs a 480 line interlaced signal resulting in over 500 lines of high quality video. In still-capture mode, the DSP outputs 480 lines progressively. With recent technical improvements, the DSP now works more efficiently, the camera is more sensitive, and less light is required for great images. Optical Image Stabilization A digital circuit could effectively stop the subtle hand shaking while holding the camera. But that would degrade the picture in the long run. The DSR-PD170 has a system of motors that correct the angle of the lens hundreds of times per second eliminating minute variances caused by your hand. This system works prior to image capture thus does not affect the quality of your video. Analog to Digital Converter Pass-Through The PD170 can pass through an analog video signal and output a digital one and visa versa. Simply put, this eliminates the need for an outboard A-D/D-A converter box if the digital signal you need is Firewire (iLink) and the analog signal is composite or S-video. Settable Time Code Like its broadcast brothers, the DSR-PD170 can be set to start timecode at any time from hours to seconds. This allows you to effectively name your cassettes based upon the sequence you shoot them. Your first tape can start at hour 1, -second tape hour 2 and so on. XLR Audio with Phantom Power You will find 2 XLR inputs for industry standard professional microphones. Phantom power, a 48-volt power supply, can be supplied to special microphones that require such power. The XLRs can also input line level audio from, as examples, an audio cassette deck or VCR. Time and Date Window Burn Useful in legal and security environments, the PD170 will, with a menu selection, burn time- down to seconds- and date onto the tape in a window over the image. Features New to the DSR-PD170 Larger magnifier for viewfinder monitor Zoom rocker and record button on top handle Iris control increased from 12 to 24 increments Viewfinder and LCD monitor work simultaneously Lens hood integrates lens cap iLink cable strap makes it harder to accidentally pull loose digital cable Wide angle adapter and its own lens hood included with camera LCD monitor brighter for ease of use in bright light conditions Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC Image Device 3-CCD, 1/3-Inch Interline Transfer-type 380,000 Pixels Each Lens 6mm to 72mm 12x Optical Zoom, 48x Digital Zoom Available f/1.6-2.4 58mm Filter Diameter Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not specified by manufacturer Horizontal Resolution: 530 Lines Sensitivity: Not specified by manufacturer Minimum Illumination: 1 Lux Vertical Smear: Not Specified by Manufacturer Built-in Filters 1/4 ND (1.5 stops) 1/32 ND (5 stops) LCD Monitor: 2.5 inch Viewfinder: Black and White Scan Matching: No Memory Card Slot: Yes Shutter Speed 1/4, 1/8, 1/15, 1/30, 1/60, 1/90, 1/100, 1/125, 1/180, 1/250, 1/350, 1/500, 1/725, 1/1000, 1/2000, 1/3000, 1/4000, 1/6000, 1/10,000 seconds Gain Selection: 0 dB, (+)3 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12 dB, 15 dB, 18 dB Tape Format: DVCAM / DV Tape Speed DVCAM- 28.2 mm / sec. DV- 18.8mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time 40 minutes in DVCAM mode 60 minutes in DV mode Audio Signal Format Recording 16-bit/48kHz 12-bit/32kHz Playback 16-bit/48kHz 12-bit/32 kHz 16-bit/32kHz 16-bit/44.1kHz Audio Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not specified by manufacturer Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- RCA (x 1 input and output) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output) Firewire/iLINK 4-Pin (x 1 input and output) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Line Audio- RCA (x 2 input and output) Headphone- Stereo Mini (x 1 output) Control L- Stereo Mini (x 1 input) Power- Coaxial (x 1 input) Power Requirements 7.2 volts (battery) 8.4 volts (AC adapter) Power Consumption: 4.7 watts with Viewfinder only Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F 0 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 4.9 x 7.1 x 15.9 in. 125 x 180 x 405 mm
|
![]() Sony WRR-862B Wireless Receiver 66/68 Price: 3,499.00 Retail Price: 3,895.00 sony-wrr-862b6668 Gigasonic The WRR-862B66/68 is a two-channel (simultaneous), UHF-synthesized Dual Diversity Tuner. This affordable diversity tuner has been introduced to meet the demand for two-channel reception in ENG and EFP applications. Two space-diversity receiver modules are built in to its rugged, compact and extremely lightweight body that is made from die-cast magnesium. This makes the WRR-862B especially suitable for mounting onto Sony professional camcorders with the supplied attachment kit/case, as well as a variety of other portable applications, including use as a redundant single channel system for "critical applications". The WRR-862B is available on channels 62/64 (62-65) and 66/68 (66-69). Features ? Two channel, Dual Diversity Tuner Wide operating frequency ranges 188 PLL-synthesized channels Compact, lightweight LED and full-status LCD indication Long operating time Dual power Switchable RF squelch Headphone monitor out Rugged, die-cast magnesium, construction Can be mounted to any Sony professional camcorder Specifications ? Receiving frequencies: 2 channels (each selectable between 188 synthesized frequencies within a 24 MHz range). Operating within the 758-782 MHz band Reception system: Space diversity, dual conversion superheterodyne System Dynamic Range: >96dB (101dB typical) Ref/Maximum deviation: +/- 5kHz, +/- 40kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: > 60dB (65dB typical) @ ref deviation Selectivity: >60dB @ +/-250kHz RF squelch: Selectable: 5dBu, 10dBu, 15dBu Frequency Response: 40Hz - 18kHz Distortion: < 1% (max deviation @ 1kHz) Output level: -58dB (@ref deviation) Monitor output: 3.5mm minijack (channel 1/2/mix-selectable) Power requirements: batteries: 4-"AA" alkaline batteries (230mA @DC 6V), External (via accessory cable 135mA @ DC 12V) Battery life: 5 hours or more Dimensions: 3/ 5/8" x 4 3/4" x 1 3/16" Weight: 14.1 oz incl batteries
|
![]() Sony WRR-862B Wireless Receiver 62/64 Price: 3,499.00 Retail Price: 3,895.00 sony-wrr-862b6264 Gigasonic The WRR-862B62/64 is a two-channel (simultaneous), UHF-synthesized Dual Diversity Tuner. This affordable diversity tuner has been introduced to meet the demand for two-channel reception in ENG and EFP applications. Two space-diversity receiver modules are built in to its rugged, compact and extremely lightweight body that is made from die-cast magnesium. This makes the WRR-862B especially suitable for mounting onto Sony professional camcorders with the supplied attachment kit/case, as well as a variety of other portable applications, including use as a redundant single channel system for "critical applications". The WRR-862B is available on channels 62/64 (62-65) and 66/68 (66-69). Features ? Two channel, Dual Diversity Tuner Wide operating frequency ranges 188 PLL-synthesized channels Compact, lightweight LED and full-status LCD indication Long operating time Dual power Switchable RF squelch Headphone monitor out Rugged, die-cast magnesium, construction Can be mounted to any Sony professional camcorder Specifications ? Receiving frequencies: 2 channels (each selectable between 188 synthesized frequencies within a 24 MHz range). Operating within the 758-782 MHz band Reception system: Space diversity, dual conversion superheterodyne System Dynamic Range: >96dB (101dB typical) Ref/Maximum deviation: +/- 5kHz, +/- 40kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: > 60dB (65dB typical) @ ref deviation Selectivity: >60dB @ +/-250kHz RF squelch: Selectable: 5dBu, 10dBu, 15dBu Frequency Response: 40Hz - 18kHz Distortion: < 1% (max deviation @ 1kHz) Output level: -58dB (@ref deviation) Monitor output: 3.5mm minijack (channel 1/2/mix-selectable) Power requirements: batteries: 4-"AA" alkaline batteries (230mA @DC 6V), External (via accessory cable 135mA @ DC 12V) Battery life: 5 hours or more Dimensions: 3/ 5/8" x 4 3/4" x 1 3/16" Weight: 14.1 oz incl batteries
|
![]() Sony LMD-232WS LCD Monitor Price: 3,499.00 Retail Price: 4,095.00 sony-lmd-232ws Gigasonic The LMD232WS is a 23-inch, multi-format, wide screen monitor with a high performance LCD panel. The new monitor features a Sony engineered color processing technology called ChromaTru. This new technology allows users to closely match the color performance between various size LUMA LCD monitors as well as emulate the color of SMPTE-C, EBU or ITU-709 standards. Combined with Sony's X-Algorithm signal processing, Sony LUMA monitors clearly provide the precise picture quality that a professional videographer demands. A separate multi-format engine houses the video processing, input connections, option slots, controls and power supply, which enables the monitor to be thin and lightweight. Only the LCD panel and the tally light are mounted in the display cabinet, providing a lightweight design that allows greater installation flexibility. The multi-format engine accepts a wide range of analog and digital signals such as NTSC, PAL, 480/60I, 575/50I, 480/60P, 576/60P, 1080/50I, 1080/60I, 720/60P, and 1080/24PsF. Optional input cards for SDI, HDSDI, and iLink are available Features ? Multitude of Video Signal Options The LMD-232WS is capable of working in virtually any analog or digital, standard or high definition environment. With greater HDV equipment hitting the market this monitor will display 1080i video, native to that format. It will also display 24-frame 1080i video. Optional HD-SDI, SD-SDI and Freeware boards can be added for even greater compatibility with edit platforms. Improved Image Reproduction This monitor features an advanced generation of LCD panel that allows for better black reproduction and shorter after-images. Specifications ? Video System NTSC and PAL HDTV and Standard Television Application: Studio, Display LCD Size: 23 Inch Diagonal Picture Elements: 1280 Horizontal x 768 Vertical Dots Input and Output Connectors HD-SDI- Optional with BKM-243HS SD-SDI- Optional with BKM-220D Analog Component- 3-BNC (x1 input, 1 output) Firewire- Optional with BKM-255DV Y/C- 2-BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Composite Video- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Computer- 15-Pin (x 1 input only) Sync- BNC (x 1 input only) Audio- Stereo Mini (x 1 input, 1 output) DC Power- 4-Pin XLR (x 1 input, 1 output) Picture Calibration Color Off Blue Only Auto Chroma/Phase Set Remote Control: 8-Pin Power Requirements: 100-240 Volts AC 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: 65 Watts Maximum Dimensions (WxHxD) Monitor 22.25 x 14.75 x 3.125 Inches 563 x 372 x 78 mm Video Interface Engine 17 1/8 x 1 3/4 x 12 1/8 Inches 434 x 44 x 305 mm Weight 14 Lbs 2 Oz 6.3 kg Monitor Only
|
![]() Sony LMD-210S LCD Monitor Price: 3,299.00 Retail Price: 3,700.00 sony-lmd-210s Gigasonic The LMD210S is a 21-inch, multi-format, monitor with a high performance LCD panel. A separate multi-format engine houses the video processing, input connections, option slots, controls and power supply, which enables the monitor to be thin and lightweight. Only the LCD panel and the tally light are mounted in the display cabinet, providing a lightweight design that allows greater installation flexibility. The multi-format engine accepts a wide range of analog and digital signals such as NTSC, PAL, 480/60I, 575/50I, 480/60P, 576/60P, 1080/50I, 1080/60I, 720/60P, and 1080/24PsF. Optional input cards for SDI, HDSDI, and iLink are available. Features ? 21 inch LCD Monitor New 2 piece design Panel can be mounted up to ten meters from controls High performance LCD panel provides high brightness, high contrast images Displays 1080i, 1080/24PsF, 720P, 480i, NTSC Two option slots for SDI, HDSDI, and IEEE 1394 decoders Aspect Ratio 4:3 Resolution of 1024 X 768 pixels
|
![]() Sony LMD-212S LCD Monitor Price: 3,299.00 Retail Price: 3,850.00 sony-lmd-212s Gigasonic The LMD212S is a 21-inch, multi-format monitor with a high performance LCD panel. The new monitor features a Sony engineered color processing technology called ChromaTru. This new technology allows users to closely match the color performance between various size LUMA LCD monitors as well as emulate the color of SMPTE-C, EBU or ITU-709 standards. Combined with Sony's X-Algorithm signal processing, Sony LUMA monitors clearly provide the precise picture quality that a professional videographer demands. A separate multi-format engine houses the video processing, input connections, option slots, controls and power supply, which enables the monitor to be thin and lightweight. Only the LCD panel and the tally light are mounted in the display cabinet, providing a lightweight design that allows greater installation flexibility. The multi-format engine accepts a wide range of analog and digital signals such as NTSC, PAL, 480/60I, 575/50I, 480/60P, 576/60P, 1080/50I, 1080/60I, 720/60P, and 1080/24PsF. Optional input cards for SDI, HDSDI, and iLink are available. Features ? 21 inch LCD Monitor XGA Resolution - 1024 x 768 pixels 2 piece design X-Algorithm I/P Signal Processing ChromaTru technology provides accurate gamma and stable white balance Panel can be mounted up to ten meters from controls with optional SMF600 cable High performance LCD panel provides high brightness, high contrast images Displays 1080i, 1080/24PsF, 720P, 480i, NTSC Advance Marker Settings Color Temperature/ Gamma Selection Selectable Scan Size for Video Input and Aspect Ration Three-color Tally Parallel Remote Two option slots for SDI, HDSDI, and IEEE 1394 decoders Aspect Ratio 15:9 Specifications ? Dimensions (WxHxD) Monitor 22.25 x 14.75 x 3.125 Inches 563 x 372 x 78 mm MEU-WX2 17.125 x 1.75 x 12.125 inches 434 x 44 x 305 mm Weight Monitor 14.2 Lbs 6.4 kg MEU-WX2 10 Lbs. 4.5 kg
|
![]() Sony DSR-25 DVCAM Player Price: 2,969.66 Retail Price: 3,300.00 sony-dsr-25 Gigasonic The DSR-25 features DVCAM and DV format recording and playback, NTSC and PAL switchable recording, automatic format playback sensing, a 2 inch LCD monitor for viewing content, audio levels, tape information and user menu selection, automatic multiple voltage selection, and three remote control interfaces, including IR, LANC and Control S, as well as i.LINK IEEE 1394 DV I/O connection. This front-loading VTR accepts both standard and mini size cassettes, and its half-rack design allows the DSR-25 to be easily integrated into existing linear and non-linear editing systems. Features ? Standard and MiniDV Cassette Size Compatible NTSC or PAL Switchable Recording Capability Built-in 2 inch LCD Screen for Viewing Video Playback, Audio Levels and Menu Selection Time Code/User Bit Preset Time Code Recording via DV IN Tape Counter Display Long Duration Recording Capability Simple Editing and Dubbing Operation LANC Editing Versatile Recording/Playback Functions User-Friendly Operation Compact and Lightweight 4-pin i.LINK IEEE-1394 DV I/O Interface Specifications ? Dimensions: 212mm x 98mm x 392.8mm (including knob and button protrusions) Weight: 4.3kg Power Requirement AC: 100 ~ 240v Power Consumption AC: 16 W Operating Temperature: 41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C) Tape Speed DVCAM mode: 28.193 mm/s DV SP playback mode: 18.79 mm/s VIDEO: DVCAM mode: 28.193 mm/s DV SP playback mode: 18.79 mm/s Video Inputs Composite (BNC x1) S-Video (DIN 4-pin x1) Luminance Chrominance Video Outputs Composite (BNC x1) S-Video (DIN 4-pin x1) Luminance Chrominance NTSC / PAL Recording Switch: Switch on back panel to select NTSC or PAL format for recording. AUDIO: Switch on back panel to select NTSC or PAL format for recording. Audio Inputs: Phono Jacks (L&R) x2; Fixed or Variable (-10, -2, +4) Input Level Selection Audio Outputs: Phono Jacks (L&R) x2 Headphone Jack: Stereo Mini (Front Panel) DIGITAL: Stereo Mini (Front Panel) Digital Inputs: 4-pin i.LINK IEEE 1394 DV In/Out Connection CONTROL: 4-pin i.LINK IEEE 1394 DV In/Out Connection Control S: Stereo Mini (Wired) LANC: Stereo Mini-mini
|
![]() Sony VPL-CX80 LCD Projector Price: 2,799.00 Retail Price: 3,336.00 sony-vpl-cx80 Gigasonic The VPL-CX80 multi purpose 3000 ANSI lumens projector is stylish and compact making it suitable for almost any environment. Adopting Sony's unique virtual lighting source system with .79-inch LCD panels and 190W lamp, the VPL-CX80 can reproduce images at 3000 ANSI lumens eliminating the need to turn off the lights during a presentation or class. Three .79-inch XGA panels provide a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels for RGB input and 750 horizontal TV lines for video input. The VPL-CX80 provides clean and detailed reproduction of all images. The VPL-XC80 achieves high picture quality with Sony original Digital Signal Processing technology, and provides digital signal processing by adopting a driver for the LCD panel that directly accepts digital signals, thus the projector is capable of projecting images with high accuracy. The 10-bit 3D Gamma correction circuit assures the superb gray scale and uniformity. Fine adjustments are made individually on the divided parts ofthe panel at the given signal level, assuring more accurate uniformity and control on the panel. When the power is switched on, the powered lens protector opens automatically. You will never waste time looking for a missing lens cover - it is always safe on the projector. The projector angle can be set using the power-operated tilt adjuster via the supplied remote commander. The new setting is stored in memory and is instantly returned to the position the next time the projector is turned on. Keystone distortion can be corrected up to a projector tilt angle of 20 degrees by the remote control unit. This means that images can be projected with the correct geometry even where installation space is limited. The Smart APA automatically sizes and adjusts the PC images for optimum picture quality. Auto input search checks the projectors input connectors and automatically selects the input with a supplied signal. Your image is projected form the moment you turn the projector on. The VPL-CX80 is equipped with a powered zoom and focus lens that allows users to zoom and focus via the remote commander. The VPL-CX80 can project an 80-inch size image from a distance of 2.4m that enables large sized images to be projected, even in a limited amount of space. The VPL-CX80 comes with a great feature that allows you to keep moving. Off & Go allows you to unplug the projector without waiting for the projector to cool down. A built-in circuit allows the cooling fan to continue running even when the power is cut. The Password Authentication System restricts unauthorized use of the projector. Once a password has been set, the projector cannot be used without it. In addition the VPL-CX80 has quiet operation, direct power on/off, a high altitude mode, installation flexability with low maintenace and is equipped with a horizontal keystone correction function, for off axis use, if neccessary. Features ? 3000/2200 ANSI lumens Video Resolution: 750 TV Lines, RGB: 1024 x 768 0.79 inch XGA LCD Panel with ML, 786,432 x 3 Screen Size: 40 to 300" Lamp: 190/150W UHP (life 2000/3000H) Auto Setup (powered lens protector, powered tilt adjuster, auto keystone correction, auto input search, Smart APA) Installation Flexibility - rear/ceiling/floor installation 13 OSD Languages Freeze Function 4x Digital Zoom Picture and Audio Muting Function Powered Zoom/Focus Lens (equipped with powered zoom and focus lens that allows user to adjust zoom/focus away from projector by using remote commander) Side Shot (horizontal keystone correction function). Enables user to put projector off the center to the side. Specifications ? Projection System: 3 LCD Panels, 1 lens projection system LCD Panel: 0.79 inch XGA LCD panel with Micro Lens Array 786,432 (1024 x 768) x 3 pixels Projection Lens: 1.2 times (Power), F 1.6 - 1.78, f 23.5 - 28.2 Lamp: 190/150W UHP Screen Size: 40" to 300" (viewable area measured diagonally) Light Output 3000 ANSI lumens (High lamp mode) 2200 ANSI lumens (Standard lamp mode) Throw Distance: 80" screen = 2.4 - 2.7m or 100" screen = 3.0 - 3.4m Color System: NTSC 3.58, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60 Resolution: Video = 750 TV lines / RGB = 1024 x 768 Acceptable Computer Signal fH: 19-92KHz, fV: 48-92Hz (Up to SXGA + 60Hz) Acceptable Video Signal 15kHz RGB/Component 50/60Hz, Progressive Component 50/60Hz, DTV(480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p, 540/60p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i), Composite Video, Y/C Video Video Input S Video: Y/C Mini DIN 4 pin Video: RCA Pin jack Audio: Stereo mini jack Input A: Analog RGB / Component (HD15 pin) Audio: Stereo mini jack (A/B) Input B: Analog RGB (HD15 pin) Audio: Stereo mini jack (A/B) USB: Up x 1 for mouse Output: RGB - Analog RGB (HD 15 pin) Audio: Stereo mini jack (Variable out) Remote I/F: RS-232C : 9 pin Speaker: 1W x 1, mono Power Requirements :AC 100 to 240V, 2.8 - 1.2A, 50/60Hz Power Consumption Max: 280W Standby: 5W (standard), 0.5W (low) Heat Dissipation: 921.3 BTU Operating Temperature: 0 to 35 C degrees (32 to 95 F degrees) Operating Humidity: 35 to 85% (no condensation) Storage Temperature,Humidity -20 to 60 C degrees (-4 to 140 F degrees) 10 to 90% Fan Noise: 37/28dB Installation: Front / Rear / Ceiling Filter Cleaning Time: 1000H On-Screen Display: 15 Languages available Safety Regulations UL1950, cUL (CSA 60950), FCC Class B, IC Class B, DEMKO (EN60950), E (LVD, EMC),C-Tick, Dentori, VCCI Class B Dimensions: (328x92.6x283.8mm) / 13 x 3.8 x 11.3 inches "
|
![]() Sony VPL-CX86 LCD Projector Price: 2,749.99 Retail Price: 4,250.00 sony-vpl-cx86 Gigasonic The VPL-CX86 is a front projector model designed for an array of permanent and mobile presentation applications in the corporate meetings, rental, education and healthcare markets. The projector incorporates Sony's enhanced Air Shot technology providing 802.11b/g wireless networking capability for even faster wireless presentation capability. The VPL-CX86 front projector provides a brightness of 3000 ANSI lumens in a compact design suitable for almost any presentation application. The VPL-CX86 features Advanced Intelligent Auto Set-up functionality. The projector's extremely low fan noise (28 decibels (dB)) allows a speaker's points to be clearly heard. This model is equipped with 2 RGB input connectors and 1 RGB monitor output connector for additional configuration flexibility. For example, educational presenters can simultaneously drive the projected image and their own computer monitor without requiring an external control system. Features ? 3000 ANSI Lumens Video Resolution: 750 TV Lines RGB Resolution: 1024 x 768 Pixels Panel: 0.79-inch XGA LCD Panel 786, 432 pixels (1024 x 768 x 3) Screen size: 40 to 300 inches (viewable area measured diagonally) Lamp: 190W UHP Automatic Setup Installation Flexibility 15 Language On Screen Display Menu Specifications ? Projection System: 3 LCD panels, 1 lens projection system Panel: 0.79-inch XGA LCD Panel Lens 1.2 times f23.5 to 28.2 mm F 1.6 to 1.78 Lamp: 190 W UHP Screen Size: 40 to 300-inches (viewable area measured diagonally) Keystone Correction Range Max. +/- 30 degrees vertically +/- 20 degrees horizontally Light Output: 3000 ANSI lumen Color System: NTSC3.58, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60, Video Resolution: 750 TV Lines Computer Resolution RGB: 1024 x 768 Acceptable Computer Signals fH: 19 to 92KHz fV: 48 to 92 Hz (Up to SXGA+ 1400 x 1050 fV: 60Hz) Acceptable Video Signals 15kHz RGB 50/60Hz, Progressive Component 50/60Hz, DTV (480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p, 540/60p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i), Composite Video, Y/C Video Speaker: Mono 1W (Max.) x 1 Video Input Composite Video: RCA pin Jack S Video: Y/C Mini DIN 4-pin Audio: stereo minijack Input A RGB/Component: Analog RGB/Component:HD D-sub 15 pin female x1 Audio: Stereo minijack (A/B) Input B RGB: Analog RGB: HD D-sub 15 pin female x1 Audio: stereo minijack (A/B) USB: Up (female) x1 Wireless LAN slot: x1 Memory Stick?slot: x1 Output Monitor Out: HD D-sub 15 pin (female) Audio out (variable out): Stereo minijack Remote RS-232C: D-sub 9 pin Laser: Class 2, 1mW output Dimensions (WxHxD) 13 x 3.75 x 11.25 inches (excluding feet) 328 x 92.6 x 283.8 mm (excluding feet) Mass Approx. 8 lb 6 oz 3.8 kg Power Requirements: AC 100 to 240V, 50/60Hz Power Consumption Max: 280W Standby 7W (standard), 0.5W (Low) Operating Temperature: 0 to 35 C degrees (32 to 95 F degrees) Operating Humidity: 35 to 85% (no condensation) Storage Temperature: -20 to 6 C degrees (-4 to 140 F degrees) Storage Humidity: 10 to 90% OSD (Language): 15 Safety Regulations UL60950 Listed, cUL (CSA 60950), FCC Class B, IC Class B, DEMKO (EN60950), CE (LVD, EMC), C-Tick, Dentori, VCCI Class B
|
![]() Sony DMXP01 Digital Mixer Price: 2,695.00 Retail Price: 3,169.00 sony-dmxp01 Gigasonic The Sony DMX-P01 is a professional digital field mixer that combines the convenience of portable studio grade audio mixing, with the pristine fidelity of high resolution digital technology. The mixer features 4 electronically balanced XLR inputs that are switchable between mic and line level signal. The output section also features 2 XLR outputs that are capable of providing mic or line level signal as well. The mixer features 24-bit A/D and D/A converters and 32-bit signal processing. The DMXP-01 also supports both, 48kHz and 96kHz sampling frequencies. AES/EBU and S/PDIF outputs are provided, a second S/PDIF input can be used to cascade additional mixers. Channels 1/2 and 3/4 feature stereo linking, phase reverse switches on channels 2 and 4 allow M-S stereo decoding. Preset user locations are provided for storing parameter settings, providing quick recall of settings required by different users. The backlit LCD display features a choice of metering modes. VU, BBC-type, DIN-type, NORDIC-type, IEC-type 1 and dBFS metering are all user selectable. Low-cut filters and peak limiters are all user programmable and +48V phantom power is user switchable. The mixer is powered for approximately 5 hours with 8 AA batteries, external DC power is achieved via 4-pin XLR or DC power inputs. Features ? Outstanding audio quality User-friendly Full 24 bit processing Sampling rate of either 48 kHz or 96kHz Front panel controls Panel lock and parameter lock functionality Lightweight Specifications ? Inputs Analog inputs 4 ch, XLR-3-31 (x4), electrically balanced, microphone power; + 48 V (on/off) Mic level: - 70 to -30 dBu (max. 0 dBu), 2.2kohm or more Line level: -30 to +10 dBu (max. +24 dBu), 10kohm or more Phase reverse on channels 2 and 4 Cascade input (digital):2 buses (L/R), S/PDIF (IEC 60958 coaxial), phono, 75 ohm OutputsMaster outputs (analog): 2 ch (L/R), -60/-10/+4 dBu (max. +24 dBu), XLR-3-32 (x2), balanced, 600 ohm load or more Digital outputs: 2 ch (L/R), AES/EBU, XLR-3-32 (x1), electrically balanced, 110 ohm load or more Cascade output (or S/PDIF output): 2 ch (L/R), S/PDIF (IEC 60958 coaxial), phono, unbalanced 75 ohm load or more Tape outputs (analog): 2 ch (L/R), -10 dBu (max. -10dBu), 3.5mm dia. TRS jack, unbalanced, 10 kohm load or more Camera send/return 2 ch (L/R), 12-pin Tajimi, balanced Send level: -60/-10/+4 dBu (max. +24 dBu), 600 ohm load or more Return level: 0 dBu (max. +20 dBu), 10kohm or more A/D converter: 24 bits D/A converter: 24 bits Sampling frequency: 48 kHz or 96kHz Signal processing: 32 bits Low cut filter 50Hz to 400Hz (48kHz sampling) 70Hz to 400Hz (96kHz sampling) 12dB/octave in both 48kHz and 96kHz sampling Input/output limiter Threshold: 0 to +20 dB Output compressor Threshold: -20 to +10 dB, ratio, 2:1 to 10:1, attack time: 0.5 to 100.00 ms, release time: 0.1 to 2.0 s Frequency response 20 Hz to 40 kHz +0.5/-3.0 dB (at 96 kHz sampling frequency) 20 Hz to 20 kHz +0.5/1.0 dB (at 48 Khz sampling frequency) Total Harmonic distortion: Less than 0.05% Equivalent input noise: -126 dBu (IHF-A) Crosstalk: Less than -90 dB (1kHz) Level meter calibration: VU, BBC-type DIN-type, NORDIC-type, IEC-type1, dBSF (selectable) Monitoring: 1/4-inch TRS jack (x1) and 3.5mm dia. TRS jack (x1) with level control Operating Voltage Internal: DC 12V (eight AA-size (LR6) alkaline batteries) External: DC 12 V via DC jack or DC 10 to 15 V via an XLR 4-pin connector Battery life: 5 hours or more with Sony AA-size alkaline batteries (LR6SG) at 25?C Power supply (to wireless microphone): DC 12 V via 4-pin Hirose connector Operating temperature: -5 to +40°C (+23 to +104?F) Storage temperature: -30 to +70?C (-22 to +158?F) Dimensions (w x h x d): 266 x 68 x 206 mm ( 10-1/2 x 2-3/4 x 8-1/8 inches) Weight: Approximately 2.2 kg (4lb 13 oz)
|
![]() Sony HVR-A1U HDV Camcorder Price: 2,695.00 Retail Price: 3,100.00 sony-hvr-a1u Gigasonic The Sony HVR-A1U is the entry level HDV camcorder that records high definition video as well as DVCAM and DV standard-definition video. The camera uses a single three million pixel CMOS chip to capture images. The use of a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) chip allows the camera to capture amazing high quality images while consuming less battery power and making the camera smaller overall. The Enhanced Imaging Processor (EIP), a Sony created technology, enables the camcorder to capture and process high-definition video and high resolution still images with the highest levels of contrast and detail. Features See the Most with CMOS The HVR-A1U realizes new levels of compact design and efficiency with a single 3 megapixel CMOS imaging chip. Compared to a CCD (Charged Coupled Device), a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) works more efficiently and burns less battery power. It uses both positive and negative polarity circuits, only one at any given time. Professional Audio Inputs As with its big brother the HVR-Z1U 3-CCD camcorder, this single chip camera offers professional shooters balanced XLR audio inputs with phantom power and attenuation options. A shotgun microphone can be mounted on top the camcorder as a large, shoulder-mount ENG style camera would. Zeiss Lens The professional video and filmmaker will not be disappointed with the quality of glass at the front of the A1U camera. Sony has engineered the camera around a Carl Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T* lens for the latest in anti-reflective coatings and new levels of HDTV-quality resolving power in a compact design. This camera's a 10x zoom lens has a maximum wide angle of 5.1 mm which will show a 50?horizontal angle of view. 1080 Lines Resolution The HVR-A1U is a tiny camera capable of recording in several frame rates including NTSC. When it is set up to record standard definition video this camera is an NTSC device that stripes the tape at 30 interlace frames per second. When it is selected to record in HDV it can record 60i, 30p or 24 frames per second. Its widescreen chip captures over 1000 horizontal lines and 1440 vertical lines no matter what you dial in for record format. Specifications Signal System NTSC HDV 1080 60i/30 Frame/24 Frame Record and Playback Image Device: 1/3-Inch CMOS Chip with 2.97 Million Pixels Lens 5.1 mm to 51 mm Zeiss Vario-Sonnar T* 10x Optical Zoom 37 mm Filter Diameter Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Horizontal Resolution 1080 Lines Horizontal Pixels 1440 Vertical Pixels Minimum Illumination 7 Lux with Gain Up 0 Lux in Night Shot Mode Vertical Smear: Not Specified by Manufacturer Built-in Filters: Electronic Daylight and Tungsten Switchable LCD Monitor: 2.7 Inch Widescreen Viewfinder: Color and B/W Switchable Scan Matching: No Memory Card Slot Yes Memory Stick Duo 15mB included with Camera Shutter Speed Range: 1/4 seconds to 1/10,000 seconds Gain Selection: 0 dB, (+)3 dB, 6 dB, 9 dB, 12 dB, 15 dB, 18 dB Tape Format DVCAM Small Cassette HDV Record and Play DVCAM Record and Play DV Record and Play Tape Speed HDV- 18.8mm/sec. DVCAM- 28.2 mm/sec. DV SP Mode- 18.8mm/sec. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Maximum Recording Time HDV-60 Minutes DVCAM-40 Minutes DV-60 Minutes Audio Dynamic Range: Not Specified by Manufacturer Audio Signal Format HDV MPEG1 Audio Layer II DVCAM/DV 16-bit/48kHz 2 Channel Mode 12-bit/32kHz 4 Channel Mode Audio Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Signal to Noise Ratio: Not Specified by Manufacturer Input and Output Connectors HD/SD Component- 3 RCA (x 1 output through breakout cable) Firewire- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 output through breakout cable) Composite Video- RCA (x 1 output through breakout cable) Mic Audio- XLR (x 2 input) Audio- RCA (x 2 output through breakout cable) Headphone- Stereo Mini (x 1) LANC Control- Mini (x 1) USB- Mini B (x 1) Power Requirements: 100 to 240 Volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz with AC Adapter Power Consumption: 6.6 Watts Maximum Operating Temperature -4?to 140?F -20?to 60?C Dimensions (WxHxD) 2.9 x 4.1 x 7.6 Inches 71 x 103 x 191 mm
|
![]() Sony DXC-390 Video Camera Price: 2,549.00 Retail Price: 2,995.00 sony-dxc-390 Gigasonic The Sony DXC-390 is a 3-chip color video camera for security and industrial applications. It uses a 1/3-inch CCD that outputs 800 lines of resolution and quality video for scientific and industrial applications. The camera takes C- and CS-mount lenses. Features ? 10-Bit Digital Signal Processor The DXC-390 is a small camera with big camera features. The camera uses an advanced technology digital signal processor that allows sophisticated image controls. The Black-Stretch function permits greater detail in the darker sections of the scene. The Dyna-Latitude feature permits greater detail in the brightest areas of the scene. The user can enhance the look of the picture by transitory outline detail, color saturation, or hue saturation. High Signal to Noise Ratio The advancements in video chips give more color and detail with less noise. The DXC-390 outputs an amazing 800 lines of resolution, enough for very fine details required when the camera is connected to a microscope or other medical/research device. With 62 dB of noise-free signal, the unit is very sensitive and has very low smear levels. Automatic Features The DXC-390 has several automatic functions that make image quality consistent in diverse conditions. AE is auto exposure. AE controls the level of brightness by varying shutter, iris, and gain levels. Priority can be selected to any of those functions. Additionally, AE can be selected by area. Metering can be prioritized given 6 selectable areas. Versatile Shutter Functions A variable electronic shutter is built into the CCD making it possible to capture blur-free images of high speed objects. Shutter speed range from 1/60 to 1/10,000 seconds. High-speed shutter make the DXC-390 applicable to machine vision applications. Scene File Memory The camera can save custom set video parameters for later recall. There is memory for two sets of saved functions. Color Shading Feature This function allows for color verification on a microscope. RS-232C Control The camera has the 8-pin connector for software driven controls. Specifications ? Application: Scientific, Machine Vision Signal System: NTSC Image Sensor: 1/3-Inch CCD x 3 Lens Mount: C/CS-Mount Number of Pixels 379,000 768 horizontal x 494 Vertical Horizontal Resolution: 800 TV Lines Horizontal Resolution Minimum Illumination: 4.0 Lux with f/2.0 and Hyper Gain Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 62 dB Signal Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output) Strobe Mode Trigger- BNC (x 1 input) Power+Video- 12-Pin (x 1) RGB- 9-Pin (x 1 output) Control- 8-Pin DIN (x 1) Lens- 6-Pin (x 1) Power Requirements: 10.5 to 15 Volts DC Power Consumption: 7.6 Watts Operating Temperature 23 to 113 degrees F -5 to 45 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 2 1/4 x 2 x 5 1/8 inches 56 x 50 x 128 mm Weight 13 oz. 370 g
|
![]() Sony SRPX700P MIXER Price: 2,495.00 Retail Price: 2,795.00 sony-srpx700p Gigasonic The SRP-X700P Digital Powered Mixer has been designed for modern presentation systems that are required to process material from a wide range of sources including microphones, video, audio, DVD players, audio tape recorders as well as PCs. This unit integrates the functionality of seven (7) traditional presentation devices in a compact 3U rack mountable chassis! By utilizing digital processing and control technology, the SRP-X700P offers an impressive set of features, high-quality processing and ease of operation! Multimedia Switcher The SRP-X700P delivers a six input RGB/video switcher which allows a variety of video and PC graphic sources to be routed to the presentation system. Integrated Wireless Tuner Unit Slots Up to two Sony WRU-806 wireless tuner units (optional) can be directly installed in the SRP-X700P making it simple to integrate a high quality Sony wireless system into the presentation system. Digital Mixer Mix and process 6 mono and 2 stereo input signals to 10 outputs! Audio processing, such as EQ, dynamics, routing and delay allows the quality of the audio signals to be maximized and provides tools for correcting room acoustics. Feedback Reduction The feedback reducer works by analyzing and ulling out potential annoying feedback. The "Automix" function allows the SRP-X700P to analyze in real time teh incoming signals and make adjustments to maintain the quality of the output! Power Amplifier Equipped with an on-board 150W stereo power amp that can be switched between high and low impedance modes, the SRP-X700P is ready for everything you throw at it. Features ? 6 x 1 AV switcher contains 2-RGB/component video inputs (with 5.1 surround audio), 1- RGB input (with stereo audio) and 3-composite/S-video inputs (with stereo audio) Integrated high quality six input mixer comprised of 4-microphone, 2-microphone/line and 2-line inputs Mounting slots are built in for two (optional WRU-806B) wireless mic diversity receiver modules Audio signal processing includes digital equalizer and dynamics processing for each microphone channel, plus on-board digital feedback reducer Built-in 200W + 200W (4ohm), 150W + 150W (8ohm), Max. 150W (70V line) digital power amplifier 20 scene memory, plus last memory recall USB, RS-232C and parallel input ports for remote control from a PC, third party system controller or control panel RS-232C output port for remote control of applicable video/data projector or plasma display panels Control-S ports for remote control to Sony VCR's, DVD players, CD players, MD players and video/data projectors Parallel output port for remote control to environment devices such as video screen up/down, window curtains open/close Set up and operational PC software supplied
|
![]() Sony VPL-CX75 LCD Projector Price: 2,439.00 Retail Price: 3,500.00 sony-vpl-cx75 Gigasonic The VPL-CX75 is equipped with a wireless transmission and control system so presentations can be delivered wirelessly through an 802.11b wireless network card. This projector can be easily connected to a centralized information sharing point. Additionally, the conference table won't be cluttered with distracting wires when using this wireless model. Featuring 2500 ANSI lumens, the CX75 is designed to provide a superior image quality. Lighting conditions in a room are less of a consideration because of the high brightness this LCD model delivers. Weighing 6 pounds, 4 ounces, the CX75 has a streamlined design with one-touch automatic set-up that performs keystone correction (vertical and horizontal). The unit includes an auto focus lens. It also features three LCD panels with one lens projection and has a 3.0-3.4m throw distance, which allows for bigger presentations. It comes complete with wireless network card, USB Adapter, and Memory Stick flash media capabilities, giving users the option of delivering their presentations without having to connect to a PC. Features ? SuperLite Projector 2500 ANSI Lumens XGA Resolution (1204 X 768) 0.79 LCD Panel with Micro Lens (Super High Aperture) Approx. 6lb 8oz / 2.9kg Weight 165W UHP Lamp - 3000 Hours Lamp Life Automatic Set Up (Lens, Tilt, Input Search, Keystone correct, APA & Auto Focus) Input - RGB/Component, S-Video, Composite Video, Audio & USB (Wireless Mouse & Projector Station) Wireless 80211.B (Air Shot Technology) Memory Stick Pro Color System (NTSC,PAL,SECAM,NTSC4.43,PAL-M,PAL-N,PAL60) 40 to 300" Screen Size (measured diagonally) Off & Go Side Shot Ceiling Mountable Security Password Protected Digital Zoom up to 4X Picture and Audio Muting Supplied Accessories - Remote Commander (RM-PJM17), Presentation Tool (RM-PJP1) Size AA Batteries, HD D-Sub 15 pin Cable, USB Cable, Carrying Case, Air Filter,Operating Instruction, Quick Reference Guide Wireless LAN Card: IFU-WLC1, USB Storage Media, USB Wireless LAN Module IFU-WLM1 Specifications ? Projection System 3 LCD panels, 1 lens projection system Panel Super high aperture 0.79-inch TFT LCD 1,440,000 pixels (480,000 pixels x 3) Lens 1.2 times zoom F 1.6 to 1.78 F 23.5 to 28.2mm powered Throwing Distance 2.4m / 80" 2.7m / 100" Light Output 2500ANSI lm (lamp mode high) Resolution Video 750TV lines RGB 1204 X 768 Acceptable Signals Computer fH: 19-92kHz, fV: 48-92Hz Video 15kHz RGB/Component 50/60Hz progressive Composite video, Y/C video Color System NTSC,PAL,SECAM,NTSC4.43,PAL-M,PAL-N,PAL60 Input Wireless 80211.B RGB/Component Memory Stick Pro S-Video Composite Video Audio (Mono) USB (Wireless Mouse) Dimension (WxHxD) 298x69x243.5 mm 11 3/4 x 2 3/4 x 9 5/8 inches Weight 2.9 kg / 6 lbs 8oz Power Requirements AC 100 to 240V, 50/60Hz Power Consumption 240W (Max) 9W (Standby) Operating Temperature 0 to 35 degrees Celsius (32 to 95 F) Operating Humidity 35% to 85% (no condensation) Heat Dissipation 819BTU Fan Noise 30dB Powered Tilt Adjuster Angle Approx. 10-degree Video Keystone Correction 15-degree Image Flip Off/H/V/HV Remote Commander RM-PJM17 Security?Lock (Kensington) YES Memory Stick YES Memory Stick & Memory Stick Pro Digital Zoom YES 4X Times Picture Freeze YES Picture Muting YES On Screen Display (language) 13-language (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Swedish, and Russian) Safety Regulations UL60950, cUL (CSA No.60950), FCC Class B, IC Class B, DEMCO (EN60950), CE (LVD, EMC), C-Tick, Dentori, VCCI Class B "
|
![]() RME ADI-642 MADI / AES Format Converter Price: 2,199.00 Retail Price: 2,449.00 RMEADI642 Gigasonic The RME ADI 642, an 8-channel format converter from MADI to AES and vice versa, is the latest addition to RME's successful MADI series. Amongst other applications, the unit can serve as ideal AES/EBU frontend for the Hammerfall DSP MADI PCI card. Up to 192 kHz at 24 bit are supported. Its most outstanding feature is an easy-to-use 72x72 routing matrix, which can assign an individual input channel to every single output channel, allowing free configuration of all 64 MADI channels and the 8 AES channels. RME ADI 642 Additional features include: Native support for AES Double and Quad Wire Native support for MADI Double and Quad Wire Direct conversion between these formats Automatic Delay Compensation when using more than one unit Analog stereo monitor output, up to 192 kHz Detailed status display for MADI and AES Completely remote controlable via MIDI Transfer of MIDI data via MADI SteadyClock for maximum jitter reduction and clock regeneration The compact unit with 19 width and 1 unit height serves as format converter MADI to/from AES . MADI handles 64 channels of 24 bit audio at sampling frequencies up to 48kHz, 32 channels up to 96kHz, and 16 channels up to 192kHz. All channels are transferred across a single cable, either coaxial (BNC) or optical network cable. In both cases, cable lengths of more than 100 meters can be achieved. The AES/EBU channels are provided via 4 XLR inputs and outputs, respectively. The ADI-642 accepts 56 channels and 64 channels as well as 96k and 192k frame at its input, and can be set to generate those formats at its output. This way the ADI-642 even serves as perfect interface between otherwise incompatible MADI devices. Features ? A fully automatic input selection between optical and coaxial input offers a useful redundancy mode for critical applications. Extensive status displays give information about Lock and Sync states, audio content and the physical quality of the incoming signal. The RME ADI 642 is compatible to all forms of increasing the sample rate. It supplies word clock in Single, Double und Quad Speed, distributes Double Wire 96kHz signals into the MADI data stream and to the AES ports, and even supports the double MADI sample rate (96K frame). The same applies to 192 kHz (Quad Wire, 192 kHz frame). The SyncAlign(r) and SyncCheck(r) technologies known from other RME products ensure perfect synchronization and clear detection of errors. Also multiple units can be stacked and operated sample-aligned, using word clock. All settings are stored when the unit is switched off. Additionally the RME ADI 642 features an easy-to-use 72 x 72 Matrix Router. An input signal can be assigned to every output channel, both for AES and MADI. This not only allows free signal routing during format conversion, but also forwarding and routing of signals within the same format. An input signal can also be distributed to any number of outputs. With more than one ADI-642, several MADI signals can be combined (merged) to one MADI stream. 16 MIDI channels can be transferred across MADI (even with 64 audio channels). The device can be fully remote controlled and configured via MIDI, and all status displays can be queried through MIDI. Each RME ADI 642 can be given a separate ID, allowing separate remote controllability of various devices with only one MIDI channel. RME ADI 642 Application examples include: AES/EBU frontend for RME's HDSP MADI AES/EBU breakout box for any MADI device Digital Multicore, allowing signal transfer across long distances with a single cable MADI coaxial/optical or vice versa converter MADI redistributor, patchbay and router AES/MADI inserter MADI merger RME's SteadyClock?lets the ADI-642 use MADI without an additional word clock connection, and guarantees excellent clock quality in every situation. Due to the highly efficient jitter reduction, any clock signal (even AES and Wordclock) can be improved and refreshed, and subsequently be used as reference clock at the word clock output. Intelligent Clock Control (ICC) will retain the last valid sample frequency in case of a loss of the input signal. Automatic Delay Compensation eliminates technically inherent delays when signals are transferred from one unit to another. Each device automatically reconizes its position within the chain and delays AES data to ensure sample synchronized operation of all AES in- and outputs. The analog monitor output operates in stereo and has a low impedance. It can be used as line and headphone output and supports 192 kHz at 119 dBA SNR. The routing matrix can assign any of the 36 stereo input pairs to the monitor output. RME ADI 642 - Auto Delay Compensation A typical application example is the use of a HDSP MADI PCI-card in a computer with the RME ADI 642 as external AES interface. As MADI transmits 64 channels, up to eight ADI-642 can be used to provide all 64 channels via 32 AES I/Os. The integrated Matrix Router makes such a setup easy to be configured. The MADI signal is passed through from device to device. The Matrix is used to route the AES channels 1-8 to MADI 1-8 at the first ADI-642, at the second to MADI 9-16 and so on. When passing through the MADI signal, a delay of a few samples per RME ADI 642 occurs, causing the AES inputs and outputs to show an offset. This problem is fixed by the Automatic Delay Compensation. Each ADI-642 detects automatically which unit it is within the chain, and corrects the AES input and output data so that all AES I/Os operate sample-aligned. The RME ADI 642 is compatible to MADI interfaces of companies like Sony, Merging, Lawo, Euphonix, Stagetec, Jünger, Audio Service, AMS and others. Specifications ? Input MADI: 1 x BNC, 1 x optical Output MADI: 1 x BNC, 1 x optical Input AES/EBUl: 4 x XLR, electrically isolated, highly sensitive input stage (< 0.3 Vpp), SPDIF compatible Output AES/EBU: 4 x XLR, transformer balanced, 5 Vpp Input word clock: BNC, Signal Adaptation Circuit (functional from 1.2 Vpp) Output word clock: BNC, low impedance driver stage, 4 Vpp into 75 Ohms, short circuit-proof MIDI input and output: via two 5-pin DIN jacks Sync sources: MADI, AES, word clock, internal Varipitch: by input signal or word clock Sample frequencies: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 176.4 kHz, 192 kHz, variable (sync/word clock) Sample rate range: MADI: 32 - 192 kHz, word clock: 27 kHz - 200 kHz, AES: 28 kHz - 200 kHz Jitter: Internal clock < 1 ns, external clocks < 1 ns Jitter suppression: >30 dB (2.4 kHz) Jitter sensitivity: all PLLs operate error-free even at 100 ns Power supply: Internal switching mode PS, 100V - 240V AC, 20 Watt Dimensions: (WxHxD) 483 x 44 x 200 mm "
|
![]() RME ADI648 Audio Digital Interface Price: 2,199.00 Retail Price: 2,449.00 RMEADI648 Gigasonic This Multichannel Audio Digital Interface offers format conversion from MADI to ADAT and vice-versa. The ADI-648 thus combines the world's most successful multi-channel interface with the professionals' exclusive high-end interface. MADI offers 64 channels of 24 bit audio at up to 48 kHz sample rate, and 32 channels at up to 96 kHz. Transmission happens over a single line, either coaxial (BNC) or fiber optic (network). In both cases the cable length can be more than 100 meters. The MADI channels are transferred from and to 8 ADAT optical inputs and 8 outputs via TOSLINK. Furthermore, the ADI-648 contains an easy-configurable 8-channel 16x16 Matrix Router. Any of the outputs, which are divided into 8-channel blocks, can be fed from any 8-channel input block, both on the ADAT and the MADI side. With this, there is not only free routing within the M-A and the A-M conversion, but also splitting and routing within the same format. An 8-channel input block can be routed to any number of output blocks in parallel. Some application examples: Managing long distances with a single cable ADAT breakout box for devices with MADI interface Connecting MADI-based equipment to RME's Hammerfall series ADAT optical patchbay and router MADI coaxial / optical or vice-versa converter and splitter MADI redistributor, patchbay and router The ADI-648 is compatible to all forms of increasing the sample rate (Double Speed). It supplies word clock in single or double speed, distributes 96 kHz signals in Double Wire mode into the MADI data stream, or per Sample Split (S/MUX) to the ADAT ports, but is also capable of double MADI rate (96k Frame). The ADI-648 thus also represents an ideal MADI front-end for the Hammerfall and Hammerfall DSP series. SyncAlign?and SyncCheck? technologies known from and proven by other RME products, allow for perfect sync between all channels and easy notification of error states. And of course multiple devices can be cascaded and synchronized sample-accurate using word clock. The ADI-648 accepts 56 channels, 64 channels and 96k frame at its input, and can be set to generate those formats at its output. This way the ADI-648 even serves as perfect interface between otherwise incompatible MADI devices! The compact device with 19 width and 1HU has numerous further outstanding features, like Intelligent Clock Control (ICC) and storing of the settings. It's even possible to transmit 16 MIDI channels in parallel to all 64 audio channels. A fully automatic input selection between optical and coaxial input offers a useful redundancy mode for critical applications. Extensive status displays give information about Lock and Sync states, audio content and the physical quality of the incoming signal. A digital PLL, designed especially for the ADI-648, allows for operation without an additional word clock line. The reference clock is then extracted from the MADI signal itself. The rear of the ADI-648 looks clear and tidy. Eight ADAT optical inputs and outputs each, two MADI inputs and outputs each (coaxial, optical), word clock I/O (BNC) with switchable termination, and two DIN MIDI jacks offer unbeatable flexibility and compatibility. Features ? Input MADI: 1 x BNC, 1 x optical Output MADI: 1 x BNC, 1 x optical Input ADAT optical: 8 x TOSLINK, 24 bit, Bitclock PLL Output ADAT optical: 8 x TOSLINK, 24 bit Input word clock: BNC, Signal Adaptation Circuit (functional from 1.2 Vss input signal), switchable termination Output word clock: BNC, low-impedance driver stage, 4 Vss into 75 Ohms, short-circuit-proof MIDI input and output: via two 5-pin DIN jacks Sync sources: MADI, ADAT optical, word clock, internal Varipitch: by input signal or word clock Sample rates: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, variable (Sync/word clock) Sample rate range: MADI: 32 kHz - 96 kHz, word clock: 27 kHz-105 kHz, ADAT: 33 kHz - 57 kHz Jitter: Internal clock < 1 ns, word clock In < 3 ns, ADAT In < 2 ns Jitter sensitivity: all PLLs operate even at 40 ns Jitter without problems Power supply: internal switching mode ps, 100 V-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, 10 Watts Dimensions: 483 x 44 x 200 mm Warranty: 2 years "
|
![]() Sony VPL-CX76 LCD Projector Price: 1,999.99 Retail Price: 2,499.00 sony-vpl-cx76 Gigasonic The Sony VPL-CX76 is a state of the art projector that provides a brightness of 2500 ANSI lumens by adopting a 0.79-inch LCD panel and advanced optical technology. This XGA (1024 x 768) projector comes in a compact and stylish design that is suitable for almost every environment, including high ambient light conditions. The projector features high-speed wireless access. It is equipped with Sonys Air Shot technology, which is based on the industry standard 802.11b/g wireless protocols. Everything you need for wireless comes right in the box, including the wireless device for your computer and the self-configuring software that forms a secure communication link with the projector. Features ? Wireless Presentations This projector is equipped with Sonys innovative Air Shot technology, based on the industry standard 802.11b/g wireless protocols Networking Capabilities Monitor and control projector status over the network using the built-in web server and SNMP compliance for vastly simplified service and maintenance in multi-projector installations Automatic Setup Just plug it in and turn it on; The projector raises, keystone corrects, auto focuses, and locates the input - all automatically Off-Axis Adjustment With Sonys Side Shot horizontal keystone correction, you get the added convenience of placing the projector off-axis from the center of the screen when needed PC Less Presentations Photos and video clips can be run right from the projector using Memory Stick media. This means there is no need for a PC. The system can directly project JPEG, including digital photo (DCF standard) and MPEG movie formats Specifications ? Image Display Projector Display System Sony: LCD Panel, 0.79" x3 TFT (Thin Film Transistor) with Micro Lens Array Native Resolution: XGA (1024 x 768) Number of Pixels: 786,432 x 3= 2,359,296 Lumens Brightness: 2500 ANSI lumens Contrast Ratio: 350:1 Aspect Ratio: 4:3 native, supports 16:9 System: NTSC3.58, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60 HDTV Compatibility: 480i, 575i, 480p, 575p, 540p, 720p, 720p, 1080i, 1080 Lens System Lens: 23.5-28.2mm f/1.6-1.78 Focus/Zoom Adjusting: 1.2x Zoom lens and 4x digital zoom Lens Shift: No Recommended Projection Size: From 40" up to 300" diagonal Features Keystone Correction: +/-30?Vertically, +/-20?Horizontally Ceiling Mountable: Yes Rear Screen Projection: Yes Projection Tilt Option: Yes Built-in Speaker: 1w Mono x1 Input/Output Connectors Input Terminals Computer VGA: D-sub 15-pin x1 Video Component: VGA: D-sub 15-pin x1 S-Video: 4-pin x1 Composite: RCA x1 Audio Mini Stereo Jack Output Terminals: None Control Protocol USB Port: x1 Wireless LAN slot: x1 Memory Stick slot: x1 General Lamp (Bulb): 165w UHP Lamp Fan Noise: 30db Remote Control: Yes Power Requirements: 100-240v, 50/60Hz Power Consumption: 240w, Standby 9w Dimensions (WxHxD): 11.7 x 2.7 x 9.6", 298 x 69 x 243.5mm
|
![]() Alesis ADAT HD24XR Hard Disk Recorder Price: 1,999.00 Retail Price: 2,999.00 ALESHD24XR Gigasonic The Alesis ADAT-HD24XR Digital 24-Track Hard Disk Recorder has all the incredible features of the HD24 plus 96kHz, 113dB A/D/A converters. The world's first 24-track, 24-bit/96kHz hard disk recorder designed to fit comfortably into any standard ADAT environment and match ADAT's legendary performance and affordability. Low-cost IDE computer drives are as affordable as traditional ADAT tape on a per-track basis. Two hot-swappable media bays provide convenient access to the recording drives and allow quick backup from one hard drive to another. The only HD recorder that includes ADAT Optical format and ADAT Sync to work efficiently with existing ADAT systems. 44.1kHz and 48kHz internal sample rates, slaved to external word clock, with 96kHz and 88.2kHz option. 12 tracks at 88.2 or 96kHz through the digital or analog ins and 24 tracks at 44.1 or 48kHz. Internal editing including cut, copy, paste, and track-move with undo. Multiple units can be synchronized to create a larger system. 24 analog ins and outs. 3x8 channels, ADAT Optical in/out, word clock in. Comes with Alesis LRC remote control. Features 24-track, 24-bit digital audio recording 44.1kHz internal sample rates 12 tracks at 88.2 or 96kHz through the digital or analog ins 24 tracks at 44.1 or 48kHz Slaves to external word clock Dual recording bays use standard IDE drives Built-in 40GB drive Internal editing capabilities Can run with multiple units 24 analog ins and outs, 3 by 8 channels All necessary hardware and remote included Specifications Input Connectors: 24 balanced 1/4 in. TRS jacks Nominal Input Level: +4 dBu (1.23 VRMS) = -15 dBFS Maximum Input Level: +19 dBu (6.9 VRMS) = -0 dBFS Input impedance: 10 k ohms Output Connectors: 24 Pseudo-Balanced 1/4 in. TRS jacks Nominal Output Level: +4 dBu (1.23 VRMS) = -15 dBFS Maximum Output Level: +19 dBu (6.9 VRMS) = -0 dBFS Output impedance: 220 ohms Signal to Noise Ratio: 103 dB A-Weighted, Analog In to Analog Out THD+N: < 0.003%, Analog In to Analog Out Frequency Response: 22-22 kHz ˇŔ0.50 dB, Analog In to Analog Out Power consumption: 60 Watts Max (100-240 VAC/50-60 Hz) 20 Watts Max in Stand-By Mode Size (H x W x D): 5.24 x 19.0 x 13.5 in. (133 x 483 x 342 mm) Rack spaces: 3 spaces Weight: 21 lbs. (9.6 kg) All measurements done over a 22 Hz - 22 kHz range with 1 kHz sine wave at 18dBu (-1dBFS) input. Impedances are measured at 1 kHz.
|
![]() RME MADI Bridge MADI Switcher Price: 1,899.00 Retail Price: 2,399.00 RMEMADIBridge Gigasonic Developed as the optimal missing link between MADI devices of any manufacturer, RME's MADI Bridge is patchbay, distributor, signal buffer and input selector, all at the same time - and thus mandatory for every MADI user. Up to 16 devices can be freely connected with each other by 6 coaxial (BNC) and 2 optical in- and output pairs. Thanks to an intuitive and easy to navigate user interface, the device is easy to understand and to operate. The MADI Bridge adds to RME's MADI series as a comfortable, even MIDI controlled device management solution - as always with RME for a sensational low price! All input signals are routed unaltered to the desired outputs. Like this, the MADI Bridge supports any format, no matter if it is 56 or 64 channels or includes special invisible control commands, any sample rates and even out-of-spec data rates or violations of the MADI protocol. Thanks to a special equalizing and highly sensitive input stages, coaxial cable lengths of 100 m can be used - even between several devices. Some application examples: 8 x 8 MADI matrix MADI coaxial from / to optical converter and distributor MADI patchbay, route Patch It! On the front panel, 8 alpha-numeric LED displays show the current signal source for every output separately. With two push buttons per channel, any signal source can be changed quickly. Besides input 1 to 8, input 0 (no input) can be chosen as well. The front panel has eight fixed output fields. This clarifies the way the MADI Bridge operates. An output can be fed by any input, multiple outputs even by the same input. This way the device can be used as a distributor. But it's not possible to route more than one input to one output. This would equal the functionality of a digital mixing desk. Above each configuration field, an empty label area allows to attach a tape to each output, with the name of the connected device. With this, the routing stays clear and easy to understand, even when all I/Os are in use. The Lock section allows both locking the keys on the device and locking the MIDI remote. This way the device can be secured against accidental operating errors. The device stores the last settings when being switched off and offers 9 free memories for presets. Memory 0 is pre-configured as panic button, it cancels all connection points. RME's love for professional details can be seen here as well: a preset is pre-selected first, and then recalled with the Recall button. As soon as one of the routings is being changed, both the changed output and the preset number show a dot in the display. The first class front panel display is being rounded off by a 64 LED matrix field. All routings are displayed here in classical matrix view, a configuration can be viewed and understood in a glance. The matrix field is especially valuable for pre-selection of the presets, because the preset's routing is displayed in the matrix before recall. The rear of the MADI Bridge looks clear and tidy. Six coaxial BNC inputs and outputs each, two optical inputs and outputs and two DIN MIDI jacks offer superior flexibility and compatibility. The MADI Bridge is compatible to MADI interfaces from Sony, Merging, Lawo, Euphonix, Stagetec, Jünger, Audio Service. Remote Control Of course the MADI Bridge can be remote controlled via MIDI. Also all controls and LEDs on the front plate - the complete status - can be read via MIDI. Each MADI Bridge can be programmed with its own ID, providing a separated remote control of multiple devices via a single MIDI channel. The Windows software MIDI Remote can be downloaded for free from the RME website. It can use any existing MIDI port within the system to perform remote control and status requests of all MADI Bridges via a simple mouse click. Most appealing is the combination Hammerfall DSP MADI and ADI-648. They transmit MIDI directly embedded in MADI, thus allow controlling a MADI Bridge which is located far away from the computer. Features ? Input MADI: 6 x BNC, 2 x optical Output MADI: 6 x BNC, 2 x optical MIDI input and output: via two 5-pin DIN jacks Sync: Not required Varipitch: Yes Sample rates: any Power supply: internal switching mode ps, 100 V-240 V AC, 50-60 Hz, 15 Watts Dimensions: 483 x 44 x 200 mm Warranty: 2 years
|
![]() Sony WRT-8B Wireless Transmitter Price: 1,850.00 Retail Price: 1,999.00 sony-wrt-8b Gigasonic The WRT-8B Body-pack transmitter is the latest addition to the extensive range of Sony UHF synthesized wireless microphone systems. Extremely compact and lightweight, essential qualities for use in fast-moving TV and theater productions. Inside its tough, die-cast magnesium body is a highly stable, low noise transmitter providing superb audio quality. It can operate for up to 13 hours on two AA-batteries, and features switchable AF input (Mic/Line) and RF output levels (10mW/50mW). As well as theater and Studio use, the WRT-8B has the functionality and rugged construction that makes it ideal for the demanding environments of news gathering, documentary production and sports events. Features ? Rugged, die-cast magnesium construction Users may select from 188 frequencies, within a 24 mHz range Available in Channels 62/64 (62,63,64,65) and Channels 66/68 (66,67,68,69) Accepts professional lavalier microphones fitted with an SMC9-4P connector, such as the Sony ECM-77BC, ECM-44BC, ECM-166BC lavalier microphones Switchable input level (Mic/Line) and variable attenuator Selectable RF output level 13 hour operation using two AA-batteries at 10mW output power 6 hour operation using two AA-batteries at 50mW output power Low battery alarm indicator Specifications ? Oscillator: Crystal-controlled PLL synthesizer Carrier Frequencies: Model 62/64-758MHz to 782MHz (TV Channels 62,63,64,65). Model 66/68-782MHz to 896MHz (TV Channels 66,67,68,69). Users may choose from 188 frequencies on either model. RF Output: 50mW/10mW (e.r.p.) selectable Frequency Response: 40Hz to 20KHz (typical) Tone Signal: 32.768kHz Type of Antenna: 1/4 wave length wire (SMA-J type connector) Reference Deviation: +/-5 kHz (-60dBV, 1kHz input, MIC position), +/-5kHz (-20dBu, 1 kHz input, LINE position) Signal-to-noise ratio: 60dB or more (A-weighted) Attenuator adjustment range: 0 to 40dB, continuous Max. input level: -2dBV(1kHz input, MIC Position), +38dBu (1 kHz input, LINE position) Input Level: MIC level/LINE level switchable Input Connector: Sony SMC9-4S type Power requirements: DC 3.0 V (with two AA batteries) Battery Life: Approx. 6 hours with Sony LR6 alkaline batteries at 77 degrees F at 50mW output. Approx. 13 hours with Sony LR6 alkaline batteries at 77 degrees F at 10 mW output. Dimensions: (W x H x D) 2 1/2" x 3 3/8" x 11/16" Mass: Approx. 4.9 oz (including batteries)
|
![]() Sony PCM-D1 Recorder Price: 1,849.99 Retail Price: 2,259.99 Sony-pcm-d1 Gigasonic Designed to produce digital stereo recordings that are completely faithful to the original master, the PCM-D1 is capable of re-creating even the most subtle performance nuances. The PCM-D1 can be used for high-quality recording in an array of applications including live sound, house of worship and theatrical performance, as well as by journalists in the field. "The PCM-D1's level of quality is matched only by its extraordinary 'cool' factor," said Paul Foschino, senior manager for professional audio in Sony Electronics' Broadcast and Production Systems Division. "The body of this portable recorder is fashioned from pure 1mm thick pressed titanium that's several times harder than alumite-treated aluminum. Sound engineers will simply not want to put this unit down." The new recorder is lightweight, free of all drive mechanisms, equipped with extraordinarily sensitive, built-in condenser microphones, and designed with circuits that process stereo sound with virtually no extraneous noise. The PCM-D1 features 96K/24-bit recording capability, 4GB internal flash memory, removable Memory Stick Pro high-speed storage and a built-in USB 2.0 port for Macintosh and Windows/PC operating systems. Features ? 24-bit/96kHz field recorder with light weight and pro quality Built-in condenser microphones in X/Y configuration with low self-noise, high sensitivity and nearly 30kHz frequency response WAV recording file format capability Analog level meters with LED peak overload indicators LCD display with comprehensive recorder status indication and menu selection Four AA nickel metal hydride rechargeable batteries and charger (supplied) Battery life at 96kHz approximately 4.0 hours with rechargeable AA batteries Signal processing functions including SBM, limiter and 200Hz high-pass filter
|
![]() Sony DSR-11 DVCAM / DV Player Price: 1,847.00 Retail Price: 2,052.00 sony-dsr-11 Gigasonic The DSR-11 compact DVCAM video recorder is equipped with i.LINK™ IEEE-1394 DV based I/O connection, multi-voltage operation, and both NTSC and PAL playback and recording capability (Note: VTR does not convert NTSC/PAL system signals). The DSR-11 can record and playback in either DVCAM or consumer DV formats, will accommodate both standard and mini size DVCAM and DV cassettes, and is able to be placed in either vertical or horizontal positions. Features ? DVCAM / DV Play and Record DVCAM is Sony's professional version of the ubiquitous DV format. DVCAM offers better picture quality, superior multi-generational dubbing quality and greater dynamic range in its audio section. DV offers longer recording duration and less expensive tape stock prices. The DSR-11 will play and record in both formats letting the user choose which features are most significant to the final product. NTSC and PAL Compatibility Though the DSR-11 will not convert one signal to the other, the machine will play and record in both NTSC and PAL standards. When recording through the analog input, the switch on the back of the unit must select the proper color standard. When recording from the digital input, the machine recognizes the standard automatically. i.LINK Interface The DSR-11 is equipped with a 4-pin i.LINK connection. This connection allows easy duplication of entire tapes as well as one-cable digital transfer of audio, video, and command signals to a connected VTR or PC. When downloading video via the i.LINK connection, you can also copy the time code from a non-VTR source such as video that has been edited on a PC. Auto Repeat Feature When set to Auto Repeat the DSR-11 can repeatedly play back a program. Just after the DSR-11 reaches the end of the tape, the first complete blank portion, or the first index point, it automatically rewinds and repeats playback of the segment. Wired Remote Compatibility The DSR-11 is equipped with LANC (Control L) and Control S connectivity. Several control components work with LANC providing basic machine control for a linear edit situation. The DSRM-20 jog shuttle remote will attach to the DSR-11 via the Control S connection. Specifications ? Signal System: NTSC and PAL Tape Format: DVCAM / DV Tape Speed DVCAM-28.193 mm/sec. DV- 18.8 mm/sec. Maximum Recording Time: 184 Minutes Audio Signal Format: 16 bit / 48kHz Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz Input and Output Connectors Firewire- 4-Pin (x 1 input and output both) S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 input, 1 output) Composite Video- RCA (x 1 input, 1 output) Audio- RCA (x 2 input, 2 output) Control S- Mini (x 1) Control L- Mini (x 1) DC Power Input- Coaxial (x 1) Power Requirements: 100 Volts to 240 Volts AC, 50 and 60 Hz Power Consumption: 15 Watts Operating Temperature 41 to 104 degrees F 5 to 40 degrees C Dimensions (WxHxD) 7 1/8 x 2 7/8 x 10 1/2 in. 180 x 73 x 265mm
|
![]() Sony PTHSOX1G2 Oxford Plug-In Price: 1,749.99 Retail Price: 1,995.00 sony-pthsox1g2 Gigasonic The Oxford S-Ox Box for Digisdesign's Pro Tools TDM systems contains four processors that are indispensable in today's production environment. It brings two functionalities of the Oxford OXF-R3 console (EQ and dynamics) to the Pro Tools platform along with a loudness maximizer and transient modulator. Purchasing the bundle offers significant cost savings compared to purchasing each of the plug-ins separately. The TDM version includes RTAS and Audiosuite formats in addition to the TDM version. Features ? Oxford EQ Fully functional 5-band application with selectable shelf settings on low and high frequency sections. Additionally, separate variable slope low pass and high pass filters are provided. Oxford Dynamics Offers separate compress, limit, expand, gate and side chain EQ functions, with full independent control of all parameters. Features such as selectable time constant curves and variable soft compress functions allow the user to tackle all common uses of compression, from subtle unobtrusive level control and mastering functions to the production of great artistic effects. Oxford Inflator Provides a unique process that can provide an increase in the apparent loudness of almost any program, without obvious loss of quality or audible reduction of dynamic range, yet avoiding damaging increases in the peak level of the signal. The process can also bring power, presence and warmth to program material and even provide headroom overload margin above digital maximum with a subtlety and musical character reminiscent of tube systems. Oxford Transient Modulator Allows the dynamic level of signals to be modified by manipulating the transients in the program material over time. The effect is to bring transient events in the program forwards, or push them into to the background
|
![]() Sony WRR-855B Wireless Receiver 66/68 Price: 1,749.00 Retail Price: 1,949.00 sony-wrr-855b Gigasonic The Sony WRR-855/B66 is a portable UHF Synthesized Tuner (channel 66, 67, 68, 69). Camera-mount design: Can be mounted directly into Betacam SX and operate independently of batteries or cables. Can be used with DSR model DV camcorders with the use of CA-WR855 camera adapter and will fit all Sony Broadcast camcorders with addition of the BTA-801 camera adapter. Features ? Space Diversity Tuner for Camcorder Use. 800MHz UHF Band Operation. 188 user-selectable channels within a 24 MHz range. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Synthesized Frequency Tuning. Compact Design and Lightweight only 280g (11oz). Water Resistance Structure Easy to Mount on Sony Camcorders Power from a Sony Camcorder Convenient Factory-Programmed Channel Plan Squelch Circuitry Operated by Ultrasonic Tone for Positive Transmitter Reception Muting RF Level 10dBu or OFF BTA-801/802, CA-WRR855 Optional Mounting Adapters Specifications ? Type of Receiver: WRR-855B (66) Portable/Camera Mount UHF Diversity Receiver RF Carrier Frequency Range: UHF, 794-806 MHz Approx. Working Range: Approximately 300 Feet Overall Frequency Response: 100 Hz to 15 KHz (+/- 3 dB) Signal-to-Noise Ratio: More than 60 dB (A-weighted) # of Channels: 188 User, Selectable Channels Type of Outputs: D-sub 15-pin, 150 Ohms Headphone Monitoring: Yes, 1/8" (3.5mm) Mini (TRS) Jack Power Requirements Can be mounted directly into Betacam SX and operate independently of batteries or cables. Can be used with DSR model DV camcorders with the use of "SOCAWR855" camera adapter and will fit all Sony Broadcast camcorders with addition of the "SOBTA801" camera adapter. Battery Type/Approx. Life: Power from a Sony Camcorder Display: Yes, LCD Display of Status AF, RF, channel, Frequency and Battery Mounting Options: Camera/Belt Mountable Antenna Type: (2) 1/2 Wave, with BNC-R Type Connectors Dimensions: Approximately 3.25 x 4.875 x .97" (82.55 x 121 x 24mm) WxHxD Weight: 11 oz. (280 g)
|
![]() Sony LMD-4420 LCD Monitor Price: 1,699.99 Retail Price: 1,899.00 sony-lmd-4420 Gigasonic The LMD4420 is a compact and lightweight quad screen four-inch panel monitor and is less than two-inches deep. The rack-mountable monitor uses a 2RU size rack with tilt function and is ideal for monitoring in OB Vehicles and studios. It incorporates a high-brightness LCD panel, which offers excellent picture quality even under high ambient light conditions. The LMD4420 accepts NTSC and PAL composite signals with automatic switching. The aspect ratio is 4:3. An optional SDI input adaptor, BKM320D, is available. Features ? 4 High Quality Monitors The LMD-4420 is 4 professional quality monitors together in one rack-mountable assembly. Each monitor displays 480x234 pixels and accepts a BNC composite signal. With an optional board, the BKM-320D, the monitors can accept a SDI signal as well. 3-Color Tally System Each monitor can display preview and program status through the tally lamps. Red, Green, and Amber (Red+Green) can be chosen using the parallel remote function which allows control of the tally lamps via a 8-pin modular connector. Specifications ? Application: Rack Mount, Director's Location, Security LCD Size: 4 Inch Diagonal Video System NTSC and PAL Auto Detect Picture Elements: 480 horizontal x 234 vertical dots Input and Output Connectors Composite Video- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output, each per monitor) SDI- 9-Pin (x 1 input only per monitor with optional BKM-320D board) Picture Controls Brightness Color Contrast Remote Control: None Power Requirements: 100-240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption: 18 Watts Dimensions (WxHxD) 19 x 3.5 x 2 inches 482.6 x 88.9 x 50.8 mm Weight 4.25 Lbs. 1.9 kg
|
![]() Steinberg Nuendo 3 Audio Workstation Software Price: 1,699.99 Retail Price: 2,499.00 502027300 Gigasonic Evolved Audio Production! Nuendo 3 is the latest, groundbreaking version of Steinberg's renowned Media Production System, tailored to meet the high-performance demands of pros working in post production, recording, mixing, editing and surround. Functionally comprehensive yet comfortably ergonomic, Nuendo 3 puts your needs first, and offers you not only the advanced tools you require, but puts them at your disposal in a away that supports workflow efficiency and enhances your creativity. And should you need to interface with other audio or video systems, Nuendo 3 gives you the open, flexible technologies that make this as smooth as possible. Steinberg Nuendo 3 at a Glance: Flexible multichannel monitoring and mixing options. Professional recording environment. Post Production dream come true application. Works seamlessly with supported Yamaha mixers. Surround Mixing Nuendo 3 offers flexible new monitoring options, with both after and pre-fader listen modes available on the new Audition Channel, allowing instant checking of any audio channel while leaving the signal routed to the main output mix bus untouched. The new MixConvert plug-in included in Nuendo 3 automatically detects the configuration of the channel it's inserted on, and allows instant checking of a mix in other formats - including quick and easy checking for mono compatibility. Because panners on mono or stereo effect plug-ins routed to surround busses are now directly controllable from the surround panner for that channel, wet effect signals are seamlessly incorporated into surround mixes. Recording Real-time Audio Warp time-stretching and pitch shifting technology allows instant remolding of audio material to dynamically adapt to your project tempo in realtime, and offers lightning fast, great quality drum timing correction. The Extended Freeze functionality allows you to free up precious CPU and RAM resources by rendering effect plug-ins and audio channels, including insert effects, with blazing speed. The built-in 10-minute Pre-Record function records any audio routed to the Nuendo 3 software in the background, without having to press record - no more regrets that you should have recorded a rehearsal performance... Post Production New media management tools allow you to easily manage massive audio file libraries, including the ability to provide batch function naming of files, file categorization, and extended file search functionality. Nuendo 3 also provides support for Pinnacle's X-Send protocol, integrating seamlessly with Pinnacles's Liquid video editing applications, enabling you to take projects completed in these video editors to be opened directly in Nuendo, ready for audio post production. The Nuendo 3 "Warp To Picture" function lets you sync your audio material to video by time-stretching the audio in real-time to fit the picture. This amazingly powerful tool gives you a whole new approach to matching audio to picture. Hardware Integration Nuendo 3 features a new external effects plug-in function that lets you seamlessly integrate your outboard effects equipment, including latency compensation of external effects hardware. Integrating your outboard effects gear into your Nuendo projects has never been easier. The new Device Panels feature allows you to create graphical interface modules that control any equipment that supports the MIDI standard you have connected to Nuendo 3, complete with background bitmaps and color coding. Nuendo 3 already incorporates Studio Connections Total Recall technology developed by Steinberg and Yamaha, giving you outstanding integration to Yamaha audio hardware such as the DM2000, DM1000, 02r96 and 01x digital mixers. Features Support of ASIO, MME, DirectX, mLAN and CoreAudio Optimized multithreading: unlimited amount of processors supported,processor load is dynamically spread over all processors Support of Intel Hyperthreading Technology Timeline Formats: Timecode, Feet:Frames (16mm, 35mm), Seconds, Samples, Bars and Beats Multiple timelines showing various formats at once 1 user definable frame rate Complete user configurable software environment: unused menu entries can be hidden, key commands can be disabled, preferences, key commands and the menu structure can be stored and recalled. Configurable Track Controls and Toolbars User configurable project templates store windows settings, layouts, track heights/sizes, project settings, channel settings, plug-ins and their parameters as well as folders and files in the pool Workspaces for managing window sets or entire desktops 2nd track list for non scrolling tracks Color coding for all tracks and mixer channels, including a new color tool, expanded color palette, view/hide button and more Device Maps and Device Panels provide access to external MIDI equipment (synthesizers, signal processors, digital mixers, etc.) as well as access to internal plug-in parameters User Panel for Track Inspector allows access to sections of Device Panels or specially designed user panels User-definable channel strip in VST mixer as part of Device Panel integration Integration of Yamaha Studio Manager 2 (Studio Connections open standard) to access compatible hardware editors, edit and manage devices, and save/recall settings with Nuendo projects (Total Recall)
|
![]() Line 6 Vetta II 150 Watt stereo 2x12" Combo Price: 1,699.99 Retail Price: 2,399.00 99-010-1805 Gigasonic Vetta II is the latest evolution of Line 6's flagship Vetta amp family. Vetta II contains a complete arsenal of amps, stompboxes, and studio-quality effects ready to be instantly wired up and tweaked to perfection at the touch of a button. Vetta II delivers unbelievably authentic amp models, based on a world-class collection of vintage and modern amps, stompbox and studio effects, digital I/O, and Variax connectivity. Vetta II is loaded with a pair of custom 12 Celestion speakers driven by a 150-watt stereo power section, ideal for the most demanding performance situations. This is normally used in stereo (75 watts per speaker), but can also be split to provide 75 watts of one channel to both internal speakers while feeding the other channel's 75 watts into an external speaker cabinet. The power amplifier design has substantial peak power capability, which provides for lots of headroom and significant transient blink factor. Vetta II is the perfect recording rig with its independent XLR balanced direct outs, AES/EBU and S/PDIF 24-bit/96KHz digital inputs and outputs and A.I.R. mic/speaker simulation. In addition, a direct digital Variax Modeling Guitar input seamlessly integrates Variax's collection of guitars with Vetta II's collection of amps, cabs, and effects. Add an FBV pedal board, and this entire setup can be transformed into virtually any rig with just the press of a footswitch. Vetta II ?Unlimited Possibilities Features Meticulously crafted modern and classic amp models Over 50 stompbox effects models, including filter and synth effects 24/bit/96kHz digital recording via AES/EBU or S/PDIF Digitally connects to Variax modeling guitar Saves Variax and Vetta setting at the touch of a footswitch Vetta II contains the entire Line 6 collection of meticulously crafted amp models, including more than two-dozen exclusive Line 6 signature tones. Line 6 signature tones are unobtainable on any other amp and include: Purge, Octone, Spinal Puppet, Smash, among others. Any two amp models can be used simultaneously, providing for endless combinations of amps and settings with exacting tonal detail. Vetta II also contains over 100 models of speaker cabinets, stompbox effects, studio effects, and microphones. Vetta II includes models of vintage and modern effects, as well as many Line 6 original creations. Some of these are of the stompbox variety, some are studio-style post effects, and some can fit into either group. The categories of effects in Vetta II include Distortion, Overdrive, Compressors, Chorus, Flangers, Phasers, Tremolos, Pitch Shifters, Filter effects, Synthesizer effects, Digital Delays, Analog Delays, Tape and Tube-based Delays, Rotary Speakers, EQs, Spring, Room, Plate, Hall, and effect Reverbs, and quite a few that defy definition. Two Amps at Once One of the revolutionary features of Vetta II is its ability to provide two totally independent amp models at the same time. You have complete control over where they’re placed in the stereo field. You can pick any two amps and pan them hard left and hard right, send one amp to a Vetta external cab, or layer them right on top of each other. Just about anything you can think up, Vetta II can do it. For an even bigger sound, kick on the Double Tracker and now it sounds like you’re in the studio “double tracking?your guitar part. Once you experience two amps at once, you may have a hard time going back to just one. We did. Now, take a look at the over 70 amps you can double-up and party with. Vetta II Amplifier Models 1. Bypass (no amp) 2. Line 6 Tube Preamp 3. Line 6 Variax Acous 4. Line 6 Piezacustic1 5. Line 6 Piezacustic2 6. Line 6 Clean 7. Line 6 Super Clean 8. Line 6 Sparkle 9. Line 6 Super Sparkl 10. Line 6 Sparkle Clean 11. Line 6 Twang 12. Line 6 Bayou 13. Line 6 Class A 14. Line 6 JTS-45 15. Line 6 Mood 16. Line 6 Purge 17. Line 6 Crunch 18. Line 6 Throttle 19. Line 6 Chemical X 20. Line 6 Smash 21. Line 6 Spinal Puppet 22. Line 6 Fuzz 23. Line 6 Chnk Chnk 24. Line 6 Big Bottom 25. Line 6 Treadplate 26. Line 6 Lunatic 27. Line 6 Agro 28. Line 6 Insane 29. Line 6 Octone 30. '02 Bomber X-TC: Based on Bogner '02 Ecstasy 31. '02 Bomber Uber: Based on Bogner '02 Uberschall 32. '01 Zen Master: Based on Budda ?1 Twinmaster 33. '03 Connor 50: Based on Conford '03 mk50h 34. '03 Deity Crunch: Based on Diezel '03 VH4-Crunch 35. '03 Deity Lead: Based on Deizel '03 VH-4-Lead 36. '03 Deity's Son: Based on Diezel '03 Herbert 37. '02 ANGEL P-Ball: Based on ENGL '02 Powerball 38. '53 Fn Tweed Small Tweed: Based on Fender ?3 Tweed Deluxe 39. '58 Fn Tweed B-Man: Based on Fender '58 Bassman 40. '61 Fn Tweed Tiny Tweed: Based on Fender '61 Tweed Champ 41. '63 Fn Black Vib Verb: Based on Fender '63 Vibroverb 42. '64 Fn Black Lux: Based on Fender '64 Deluxe 43. '65 Fn Black Double: Based on Fender '65 Twin Reverb 44. '67 Fn Black Dual Show: Based on Fender '67 Dual Showman Head 45. '72 Fn Silver Bass Head: Based on Fender '72 Bassman Head 46. '96 Fn Mini Double: Based on Fender '96 Mini Twin 47. '60 Gibtone Explorer: Based on Gibson '60 GA-18 Explorer 48. '60 G-Brand Two-Tone: Based on Gretsch '60 6156 49. '73 Hiway 100 Custom: Based on Hiwatt '73 Custom 100 50. '65 Brit Plexi J-45: Based on Marshall '65 JTM-45 51. '68 Brit Plexi Lead 100: Based on Marshall '68 Super Lead 52. '68 Brit Plexi Bass 100: Based on Marshall '68 Super Bass 53. '68 Brit Plexi Jump Lead: Based on Marshall '68 S Ld (jumpered) 54. '68 Brit Plexi Variac: Based on Marshall '68 Variac Plexi 55. '69 Brit Plexi Lead 200: Based on Marshall '69 Major 56. '87 Brit Gain J-800: Based on Marshall '87 JCM 800 57. '87 Brit Gain Silver J: Based on Marshall '87 Silver Jubilee 58. '68 Brit Gain JM Pre: Based on Marshall '96 JMP-1 59. '92 Brit Gain J-900 Clean: Based on Marshall '92 JCM-900-Clean 60. '92 Brit Gain J-900 Dist: Based on Marshall '92 JCM-900-Dist 61. '03 Brit Gain J-2000: Based on Marshall '03 JCM 2000 62. '96 Match Chief: Based on Matchless '96 Chieftain 63. '93 Match D-30: Based on Matchless '93 DC-30 64. '85 California Crunch: Based on Mesa Boogie '85 Mark IIC+ 65. '01 California Treadplate: Based on Mesa Boogie '01 Dual Rectifier 66. '01 CaliforniaDiamondPlate: Based on Mesa Boogie '01 Triple Rectifier 67. '02 Missippi Criminal: Based on Peavey '02 5150 II 68. '87 Jazz Clean 120: Based on Roland '87 Jazz Chorus 69. '67 Wishbook Silver 12: Based on Silvertone '67 Twin Twelve 70. '93 Hi Gain Solo 100: Based on Soldano '93 SLO 71. '63 Super O Pawnshop: Based on Supro '60s S6616 72. '62 Super O Thunder: Based on Supro '62 Thunderbolt 73. '61 Class A C-15: Based on Vox '61 AC-15 74. '67 Class A C-30 TB: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Top Boost Effects and the Kitchen Sink From dirty stompbox distortion to studio-quality reverb lushness, Vetta II gives you models of the greatest effects in guitar history. Vetta II gives you the ability to have ALL of these effects on at the same time: Any three of 53 stompbox models, a wah pedal, a volume pedal, a noise gate, a studio-grade compressor, two types of tremolo, graphic or parametric post EQ, a choice of 21 modulation effects, a choice of 14 delay effects, and any one of 16 different reverb types. But, what fun are a bunch of effects if you can’t hook them up in strange ways? Well, Vetta II has more routing options than even we can keep track of. You can even LOCK all of Vetta II’s modulation and delay effects to the Tap Tempo function. Now you can change the tempo of multiple delays, plus chorus and tremolo speeds all with a single FBV footswitch. But that’s not all. Here’s a quick start guide to some of Vetta II’s routing madness. Stompboxes Vetta II gives you any three of 53 stompboxes to go mad with at once. They can all be different, they can all be the same, and they can be “wired?in any configuration you please, into either or both amps. What if you put a delay into a flanger and then into a fuzz? How about three different kinds of delay? Be different. We dare ya! In-Line Effects The Tremolo, Gate, Comp(ressor) and EQ buttons make up the In-Line effects group. Gate comes before all of the stompboxes while the rest come right after the amp/cab. Routable Post Effects The Loop, Pitch Shift, Mod, Delay, and Reverb are all part of the post studio-type effects. Just like the stompboxes always stay before the amp, these effects are always after the amp/cab. You can change the order of the post effects, the signal flow (series, parallel or chain) and even their physical output assignment. If this is the stuff you crave, Vetta II’s manual is practically a history lesson on how effects routing works. Vetta II Distortion Stompboxes 1. Facial Fuzz: Based on Arbiter Fuzz Face 2. Tube Drive: Based on Chandler Tube Driver 3. Fuzz Pi: Based on Electro-Harmonix Big Muff Pi 4. Screamer: Based on Ibanez TS-808 Tube Screamer 5. Octave Fuzz: Based on Tycobrahe Octavia 6. Classic Dist: Based on ProCo Rat 7. Metal Z: Based on Boss MT-2 Metal Zone 8. L6 Boost + EQ: Based on Line 6 Gain Boost Vetta II Modulation Stompboxes 1. Jet Flanger: Based on A/DA Flanger 2. Analog Chorus: Based on Boss CE-1 Chorus Ensemble 3. Phaser: Based on MXR Phase 90 4. U-Vibe: Based on Univox Uni-Vibe 5. Lumpy Phase: Based on Line 6 lumpy phase 6. Sine Chorus: Based on Line 6 Sine Chorus 7. Square Chorus: Based on Line 6 Square Chorus 8. Expo Flange: Based on Line 6 Exponential Flange 9. Random Chorus: Based on Line 6 Random Chorus 10. Analog Square: Based on Square CE-1 Chorus 11. POD Purple X: Based on POD Purple X 12. Random S&H: Based on Line 6 Sample and Hold 13. Tape Eater: Based on Line 6 Tape Eater 14. Opto Trem: Based on Fender '65 Twin Tremolo 15. Bias Trem: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Tremolo Vetta II Delay Stompboxes 1. Analog Echo: Based on Boss DM-2 Analog Delay 2. Analog w/Mod: Based on Electro-Harmonix Deluxe Memory Man 3. Tube Echo: Based on Maestro EP-1 Echoplex 4. Tape Echo: Based on Maestro EP-3 Echoplex 5. Multi-head: Based on Roland RE-101 Space Echo 6. Echo Platter: Based on Binson EchoRec 7. Digital: Based on Line 6 Digital Delay 8. Reverse Delay: Based on Line 6 Reverse Delay 9. Low Rez: Based on Line 6 Low Rez Delay 10. Phaze Eko: Based on Line 6 Phaze Eko 11. Sweep Echo: Based on Line 6 Sweep echo 12. Bubble Echo: Based on Line 6 Bubble Echo Vetta II Dynamic Stompboxes 1. Blue Comp: Based on Boss CS-1 Compression Sustainer 2. Blue Comp Treb: Based on Boss CS-1 w/ treble switch on 3. Red Comp: Based on MXR Dynacomp 4. Vetta Comp: Based on Vetta Comp 5. Vetta Juice: Based on Vetta Juice 6. Auto Swell: Based on Line 6 Auto Swell Vetta II Synth/Filter Stompboxes 1. Synth Lead: Based on Moog Lead 2. Synth String: Based on ARP/Solina Strings 3. Synth Analog: Based on Moog and ARP 4. Synth FX: Based on Line 6 Synth FX 5. Buzz Wave: Based on Line 6 Buzz Wave 6. Rez Synth: Based on Line 6 Rez Synth 7. Saturn 5 Ring M: Based on Line 6 Ring Modulator 8. Double Bass: Based on Line 6 Double Bass 9. Synth Harmony: Based on Line 6 Synth Harmony 10. Auto Wah: Based on Mutron III Up 11. Dingo-Tron: Based on Mutron III Down 12. Sparkle Sweep: Based on Line 6 Filter Sweep Vetta II Tremolo Post Effect Models 1. Opto Trem: Based on Fender '65 Twin Tremolo 2. Bias Trem: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Tremolo Vetta II Gate/Post Compressor Effect Models Noise Gate Studio Compressor per amp Vetta II Post EQ Effect Models 1. Graphic EQ: Based on 4 Band Graphic EQ/Amp 2. 4 Band EQ: Based on 4 Band Parametric EQ/Amp Vetta II Pitch Shift Modulation Post Effect Models Dual Voice Pitch Shifter 1. Jet Flanger: Based on A/DA Flanger 2. Analog Chorus: Based on Boss CE-1 Chorus Ensemble 3. Phaser: Based on MXR Phase 90 4. U-Vibe: Based on Univox Uni-Vibe 5. Lumpy Phase: Based on Line 6 Lumpy Phase 6. Sine Chorus: Based on Line 6 Sine Chorus 7. Square Chorus: Based on Line 6 Square Chorus 8. Expo Flange: Based on Line 6 Exponential Flange 9. Random Chorus: Based on Line 6 Random Chorus 10. Analog Square: Based on Square CE-1 Chorus 11. POD Purple X: Based on POD Purple X 12. Random S&H: Based on Line 6 Sample and Hold 13. Tape Eater: Based on Line 6 Tape Eater 14. RotaryDrum+Horn: Based on Leslie 145 Rotary Speaker 15. RotaryDrum: Based on Fender Vibratone 16. Stereo Chorus: Based on Line 6 Stereo Chorus 17. Stereo Flange: Based on Line 6 Stereo Flange 18. Hi-Talk: Based on Line 6 Hi Talk 19. L6 Sweeper: Based on Line 6 Sweeper 20. Warble-Matic: Based on Line 6 Warble-Matic 21. Auto Pan: Based on Line 6 Auto Panner Vetta II Delay Post Effect Models 1. Analog Echo: Based on Boss DM-2 Analog Delay 2. Analog w/Mod: Based on Electro-Harmonix Deluxe Memory Man 3. Tube Echo: Based on Maestro EP-1 Echoplex 4. Tape Echo: Based on Maestro EP-3 Echoplex 5. Multi-head: Based on Roland RE-101 Space Echo 6. Echo Platter: Based on Binson EchoRec 7. Digital: Based on Line 6 Digital Delay 8. Reverse Delay: Based on Line 6 Reverse Delay 9. Low Rez: Based on Line 6 Low Rez Delay 10. Phaze Eko: Based on Line 6 Phaze Eko 11. Sweep Echo: Based on Line 6 Sweep echo 12. Bubble Echo: Based on Line 6 Bubble Echo 13. Ping Pong Delay: Based on Line 6 Ping Pong Delay 14. Stereo Delay: Based on Line 6 Stereo Delay Vetta II Reverb Post Effect Models 1. Lux Spring: Based on Fender '64 Deluxe Spring 2. Std Spring: Based on Fender '65 Twin Reverb Spring 3. King Spring: Based on Line 6 Spring 4. Small Room: Based on Line 6 Small Room 5. Large Room: Based on Line 6 Large Room 6. Studio 6: Based on Line 6 Studio 7. Tiled Room: Based on Line 6 Tiled Room 8. Memphis Plate: Based on Line 6 Memphis Plate 9. Foil Plate: Based on Line 6 Foil Plate 10. Blue Plate: Based on Line 6 Blue Plate 11. Bingo Hall: Based on Line 6 Bingo Hall 12. Concert Hall: Based on Line 6 Concert Hall 13. War Memorial: Based on Line 6 War Memorial 14. Hangar 18: Based on Line 6 Hangar 18 15. Propellerverb: Based on Line 6 Propellerverb 16. Radioverb: Based on Line 6 Radioverb Digital/Analog Effects Loop While we’ve tried to anticipate all of your effects needs, you may still want to use other effects with Vetta II. Just like any normal guitar amp, you can run your old stompboxes right in front of Vetta II. If you’ve got rack gear, you can use the analog (1/4-inch TRS) or digital (S/PDIF or AES/EBU) connections on Vetta II’s back panel. The Effects Loop is switchable (from the front panel or the FBV controller), the on/off state is remembered in each preset, and you can even route the loop in series or parallel. A.I.R. II Vetta II is the most versatile recording amplifier in the world. The direct outputs of Vetta II include Line 6’s A.I.R. II microphone and cabinet technology. A.I.R. II allows you to choose from 3 different classic mic models, each in two different positions. The mic settings can also be saved into each preset of Vetta II. Vetta II Cabinet Models 1. No Cab: No Cabinet Model 2. 1x6 Super O:Based on 1x6x9 Supro '60s S6616 3. 1x8 Tweed: Based on 1x8 Fender '61 Tweed Champ 4. 1x10 Gibtone: Based on 1x10 Gibson '59 GA-18 Explorer 5. 1x10 G-Brand: Based on 1x10 Gretsch '60 6156 6. 1x12 Tweed: Based on 1x12 Fender ?3 Tweed Deluxe 7. 1x12 Blackface: Based on 1x12 Fender '64 Deluxe 8. 1x12 Line 6: Based on 1x12 Line 6 Cabinet 9. 1x12 California: Based on 1x12 Mesa Boogie '85 Mark IIC+ 10. 1x12 Class A: Based on 1x12 Vox '61 AC-15 11. 1x15 Thunder: Based on 1x15 Supro '62 Thunderbolt 12. 2x2 Mini T: Based on 2x2 Fender '96 Mini Twin 13. 2x12 Zen Master: Based on 2x12 Budda ?1 Twinmaster 14. 2x12 Blackface: Based on 2x12 Fender '65 Twin Reverb 15. 2x12 Line 6: Based on 2x12 Line 6 Cabinet 16. 2x12 Match: Based on 2x12 Matchless '96 Chieftain 17. 2x12 Jazz: Based on 2x12 Roland '87 Jazz Chorus 18. 2x12 Wishbook: Based on 2x12 Silvertone '67 Twin Twelve 19. 2x12 Class A: Based on 2x12 Vox '67 AC-30 Top Boost 20. 4x10 Tweed: Based on 4x10 Fender '58 Bassman 21. 4x12 Hiway: Based on 4x12 Hiwatt '73 Custom 100 Cabinet 22. 4x12 Line 6: Based on 4x12 Line 6 Cabinet 23. 4x12 Green 20's: Based on 4x12 Marshall '67 Cab w/ Celestion Greenbacks 24. 4x12 Green 25's: Based on 4x12 Marshall '68 Cab w/ Celestion Greenbacks 25. 4x12 Brit T75: Based on 4x12 Marshall Cab with Celestion G12-T75’s 26. 4x12 Brit V30's: Based on 4x12 Marshall Cab w/ Celestion Vintage 30’s 27. 4x12 Treadplate: Based on 4x12 Mesa Boogie '01 Cabinet 28. 4x12 HiGn SOLO: Based on 4x12 Soldano '93 Cabinet Vetta II A.I.R. II Microphone Models 1. SM-57: Based on Shure SM57 On Axis 2. SM-57 Off Axis: Based on Shure SM57 Off Axis 3. MD-421: Based on Sennheiser MD 421 On Axis 4. MD-421 Off Axis: Based on Sennheiser MD 421 Off Axis 5. U-67: Based on Neumann U 67 On Axis 6. U-67 Off Axis: Based on Neumann U 67 Off Axis 7. Off: No DI Mic or Cab Sim Variax and Vetta II Vetta II includes an ultra-rugged, locking Variax cable that is used to connect your Variax to Vetta II. This one cable (based on industry-standard CAT 5 Ethernet) provides everything needed to make the most complete guitar system ever created. The Vetta II now provides power, a direct digital audio connection, and bi-directional control of the Variax. Each Vetta II preset can store the guitar model, pickup selection and exact position of the tone control. Plus, Vetta II can send the signal to the speakers, to the direct XLR and 1/4-inch outputs, or both. What does all of this mean? Now you can instantly switch from a single-coil guitar in the neck position with a fuzz and tape echo running into a head and 4x12 cabinet, to a carefully miked acoustic coming through just the P.A. system. Now imagine what you could do at your next session or gig! "
|
![]() Line 6 Vetta II HD Guitar Amplifier Head Price: 1,699.99 Retail Price: 2,399.00 99-020-0715 Gigasonic Vetta II is the latest evolution of Line 6's flagship Vetta amp family. Vetta II contains a complete arsenal of amps, stompboxes, and studio-quality effects ready to be instantly wired up and tweaked to perfection at the touch of a button. Vetta II delivers unbelievably authentic amp models, based on a world-class collection of vintage and modern amps, stompbox and studio effects, digital I/O, and Variax connectivity. Vetta II is loaded with a pair of custom 12 Celestion speakers driven by a 150-watt stereo power section, ideal for the most demanding performance situations. This is normally used in stereo (75 watts per speaker), but can also be split to provide 75 watts of one channel to both internal speakers while feeding the other channel's 75 watts into an external speaker cabinet. The power amplifier design has substantial peak power capability, which provides for lots of headroom and significant transient blink factor. Vetta II is the perfect recording rig with its independent XLR balanced direct outs, AES/EBU and S/PDIF 24-bit/96KHz digital inputs and outputs and A.I.R. mic/speaker simulation. In addition, a direct digital Variax Modeling Guitar input seamlessly integrates Variax's collection of guitars with Vetta II's collection of amps, cabs, and effects. Add an FBV pedal board, and this entire setup can be transformed into virtually any rig with just the press of a footswitch. Vetta II -Unlimited Possibilities Features Meticulously crafted modern and classic amp models Over 50 stompbox effects models, including filter and synth effects 24/bit/96kHz digital recording via AES/EBU or S/PDIF Digitally connects to Variax modeling guitar Saves Variax and Vetta setting at the touch of a footswitch Vetta II contains the entire Line 6 collection of meticulously crafted amp models, including more than two-dozen exclusive Line 6 signature tones. Line 6 signature tones are unobtainable on any other amp and include: Purge, Octone, Spinal Puppet, Smash, among others. Any two amp models can be used simultaneously, providing for endless combinations of amps and settings with exacting tonal detail. Vetta II also contains over 100 models of speaker cabinets, stompbox effects, studio effects, and microphones. Vetta II includes models of vintage and modern effects, as well as many Line 6 original creations. Some of these are of the stompbox variety, some are studio-style post effects, and some can fit into either group. The categories of effects in Vetta II include Distortion, Overdrive, Compressors, Chorus, Flangers, Phasers, Tremolos, Pitch Shifters, Filter effects, Synthesizer effects, Digital Delays, Analog Delays, Tape and Tube-based Delays, Rotary Speakers, EQs, Spring, Room, Plate, Hall, and effect Reverbs, and quite a few that defy definition. Two Amps at Once One of the revolutionary features of Vetta II is its ability to provide two totally independent amp models at the same time. You have complete control over where they're placed in the stereo field. You can pick any two amps and pan them hard left and hard right, send one amp to a Vetta external cab, or layer them right on top of each other. Just about anything you can think up, Vetta II can do it. For an even bigger sound, kick on the Double Tracker and now it sounds like you're in the studio 'double tracking'your guitar part. Once you experience two amps at once, you may have a hard time going back to just one. We did. Now, take a look at the over 70 amps you can double-up and party with. Vetta II Amplifier Models 1. Bypass (no amp) 2. Line 6 Tube Preamp 3. Line 6 Variax Acous 4. Line 6 Piezacustic1 5. Line 6 Piezacustic2 6. Line 6 Clean 7. Line 6 Super Clean 8. Line 6 Sparkle 9. Line 6 Super Sparkl 10. Line 6 Sparkle Clean 11. Line 6 Twang 12. Line 6 Bayou 13. Line 6 Class A 14. Line 6 JTS-45 15. Line 6 Mood 16. Line 6 Purge 17. Line 6 Crunch 18. Line 6 Throttle 19. Line 6 Chemical X 20. Line 6 Smash 21. Line 6 Spinal Puppet 22. Line 6 Fuzz 23. Line 6 Chnk Chnk 24. Line 6 Big Bottom 25. Line 6 Treadplate 26. Line 6 Lunatic 27. Line 6 Agro 28. Line 6 Insane 29. Line 6 Octone 30. '02 Bomber X-TC: Based on Bogner '02 Ecstasy 31. '02 Bomber Uber: Based on Bogner '02 Uberschall 32. '01 Zen Master: Based on Budda ?1 Twinmaster 33. '03 Connor 50: Based on Conford '03 mk50h 34. '03 Deity Crunch: Based on Diezel '03 VH4-Crunch 35. '03 Deity Lead: Based on Deizel '03 VH-4-Lead 36. '03 Deity's Son: Based on Diezel '03 Herbert 37. '02 ANGEL P-Ball: Based on ENGL '02 Powerball 38. '53 Fn Tweed Small Tweed: Based on Fender ?3 Tweed Deluxe 39. '58 Fn Tweed B-Man: Based on Fender '58 Bassman 40. '61 Fn Tweed Tiny Tweed: Based on Fender '61 Tweed Champ 41. '63 Fn Black Vib Verb: Based on Fender '63 Vibroverb 42. '64 Fn Black Lux: Based on Fender '64 Deluxe 43. '65 Fn Black Double: Based on Fender '65 Twin Reverb 44. '67 Fn Black Dual Show: Based on Fender '67 Dual Showman Head 45. '72 Fn Silver Bass Head: Based on Fender '72 Bassman Head 46. '96 Fn Mini Double: Based on Fender '96 Mini Twin 47. '60 Gibtone Explorer: Based on Gibson '60 GA-18 Explorer 48. '60 G-Brand Two-Tone: Based on Gretsch '60 6156 49. '73 Hiway 100 Custom: Based on Hiwatt '73 Custom 100 50. '65 Brit Plexi J-45: Based on Marshall '65 JTM-45 51. '68 Brit Plexi Lead 100: Based on Marshall '68 Super Lead 52. '68 Brit Plexi Bass 100: Based on Marshall '68 Super Bass 53. '68 Brit Plexi Jump Lead: Based on Marshall '68 S Ld (jumpered) 54. '68 Brit Plexi Variac: Based on Marshall '68 Variac Plexi 55. '69 Brit Plexi Lead 200: Based on Marshall '69 Major 56. '87 Brit Gain J-800: Based on Marshall '87 JCM 800 57. '87 Brit Gain Silver J: Based on Marshall '87 Silver Jubilee 58. '68 Brit Gain JM Pre: Based on Marshall '96 JMP-1 59. '92 Brit Gain J-900 Clean: Based on Marshall '92 JCM-900-Clean 60. '92 Brit Gain J-900 Dist: Based on Marshall '92 JCM-900-Dist 61. '03 Brit Gain J-2000: Based on Marshall '03 JCM 2000 62. '96 Match Chief: Based on Matchless '96 Chieftain 63. '93 Match D-30: Based on Matchless '93 DC-30 64. '85 California Crunch: Based on Mesa Boogie '85 Mark IIC+ 65. '01 California Treadplate: Based on Mesa Boogie '01 Dual Rectifier 66. '01 CaliforniaDiamondPlate: Based on Mesa Boogie '01 Triple Rectifier 67. '02 Missippi Criminal: Based on Peavey '02 5150 II 68. '87 Jazz Clean 120: Based on Roland '87 Jazz Chorus 69. '67 Wishbook Silver 12: Based on Silvertone '67 Twin Twelve 70. '93 Hi Gain Solo 100: Based on Soldano '93 SLO 71. '63 Super O Pawnshop: Based on Supro '60s S6616 72. '62 Super O Thunder: Based on Supro '62 Thunderbolt 73. '61 Class A C-15: Based on Vox '61 AC-15 74. '67 Class A C-30 TB: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Top Boost Effects and the Kitchen Sink From dirty stompbox distortion to studio-quality reverb lushness, Vetta II gives you models of the greatest effects in guitar history. Vetta II gives you the ability to have ALL of these effects on at the same time: Any three of 53 stompbox models, a wah pedal, a volume pedal, a noise gate, a studio-grade compressor, two types of tremolo, graphic or parametric post EQ, a choice of 21 modulation effects, a choice of 14 delay effects, and any one of 16 different reverb types. But, what fun are a bunch of effects if you can’t hook them up in strange ways? Well, Vetta II has more routing options than even we can keep track of. You can even LOCK all of Vetta II’s modulation and delay effects to the Tap Tempo function. Now you can change the tempo of multiple delays, plus chorus and tremolo speeds all with a single FBV footswitch. But that’s not all. Here’s a quick start guide to some of Vetta II’s routing madness. Stompboxes Vetta II gives you any three of 53 stompboxes to go mad with at once. They can all be different, they can all be the same, and they can be “wired?in any configuration you please, into either or both amps. What if you put a delay into a flanger and then into a fuzz? How about three different kinds of delay? Be different. We dare ya! In-Line Effects The Tremolo, Gate, Comp(ressor) and EQ buttons make up the In-Line effects group. Gate comes before all of the stompboxes while the rest come right after the amp/cab. Routable Post Effects The Loop, Pitch Shift, Mod, Delay, and Reverb are all part of the post studio-type effects. Just like the stompboxes always stay before the amp, these effects are always after the amp/cab. You can change the order of the post effects, the signal flow (series, parallel or chain) and even their physical output assignment. If this is the stuff you crave, Vetta II’s manual is practically a history lesson on how effects routing works. Vetta II Distortion Stompboxes 1. Facial Fuzz: Based on Arbiter Fuzz Face 2. Tube Drive: Based on Chandler Tube Driver 3. Fuzz Pi: Based on Electro-Harmonix Big Muff Pi 4. Screamer: Based on Ibanez TS-808 Tube Screamer 5. Octave Fuzz: Based on Tycobrahe Octavia 6. Classic Dist: Based on ProCo Rat 7. Metal Z: Based on Boss MT-2 Metal Zone 8. L6 Boost + EQ: Based on Line 6 Gain Boost Vetta II Modulation Stompboxes 1. Jet Flanger: Based on A/DA Flanger 2. Analog Chorus: Based on Boss CE-1 Chorus Ensemble 3. Phaser: Based on MXR Phase 90 4. U-Vibe: Based on Univox Uni-Vibe 5. Lumpy Phase: Based on Line 6 lumpy phase 6. Sine Chorus: Based on Line 6 Sine Chorus 7. Square Chorus: Based on Line 6 Square Chorus 8. Expo Flange: Based on Line 6 Exponential Flange 9. Random Chorus: Based on Line 6 Random Chorus 10. Analog Square: Based on Square CE-1 Chorus 11. POD Purple X: Based on POD Purple X 12. Random S&H: Based on Line 6 Sample and Hold 13. Tape Eater: Based on Line 6 Tape Eater 14. Opto Trem: Based on Fender '65 Twin Tremolo 15. Bias Trem: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Tremolo Vetta II Delay Stompboxes 1. Analog Echo: Based on Boss DM-2 Analog Delay 2. Analog w/Mod: Based on Electro-Harmonix Deluxe Memory Man 3. Tube Echo: Based on Maestro EP-1 Echoplex 4. Tape Echo: Based on Maestro EP-3 Echoplex 5. Multi-head: Based on Roland RE-101 Space Echo 6. Echo Platter: Based on Binson EchoRec 7. Digital: Based on Line 6 Digital Delay 8. Reverse Delay: Based on Line 6 Reverse Delay 9. Low Rez: Based on Line 6 Low Rez Delay 10. Phaze Eko: Based on Line 6 Phaze Eko 11. Sweep Echo: Based on Line 6 Sweep echo 12. Bubble Echo: Based on Line 6 Bubble Echo Vetta II Dynamic Stompboxes 1. Blue Comp: Based on Boss CS-1 Compression Sustainer 2. Blue Comp Treb: Based on Boss CS-1 w/ treble switch on 3. Red Comp: Based on MXR Dynacomp 4. Vetta Comp: Based on Vetta Comp 5. Vetta Juice: Based on Vetta Juice 6. Auto Swell: Based on Line 6 Auto Swell Vetta II Synth/Filter Stompboxes 1. Synth Lead: Based on Moog Lead 2. Synth String: Based on ARP/Solina Strings 3. Synth Analog: Based on Moog and ARP 4. Synth FX: Based on Line 6 Synth FX 5. Buzz Wave: Based on Line 6 Buzz Wave 6. Rez Synth: Based on Line 6 Rez Synth 7. Saturn 5 Ring M: Based on Line 6 Ring Modulator 8. Double Bass: Based on Line 6 Double Bass 9. Synth Harmony: Based on Line 6 Synth Harmony 10. Auto Wah: Based on Mutron III Up 11. Dingo-Tron: Based on Mutron III Down 12. Sparkle Sweep: Based on Line 6 Filter Sweep Vetta II Tremolo Post Effect Models 1. Opto Trem: Based on Fender '65 Twin Tremolo 2. Bias Trem: Based on Vox '67 AC-30 Tremolo Vetta II Gate/Post Compressor Effect Models Noise Gate Studio Compressor per amp Vetta II Post EQ Effect Models 1. Graphic EQ: Based on 4 Band Graphic EQ/Amp 2. 4 Band EQ: Based on 4 Band Parametric EQ/Amp Vetta II Pitch Shift Modulation Post Effect Models Dual Voice Pitch Shifter 1. Jet Flanger: Based on A/DA Flanger 2. Analog Chorus: Based on Boss CE-1 Chorus Ensemble 3. Phaser: Based on MXR Phase 90 4. U-Vibe: Based on Univox Uni-Vibe 5. Lumpy Phase: Based on Line 6 Lumpy Phase 6. Sine Chorus: Based on Line 6 Sine Chorus 7. Square Chorus: Based on Line 6 Square Chorus 8. Expo Flange: Based on Line 6 Exponential Flange 9. Random Chorus: Based on Line 6 Random Chorus 10. Analog Square: Based on Square CE-1 Chorus 11. POD Purple X: Based on POD Purple X 12. Random S&H: Based on Line 6 Sample and Hold 13. Tape Eater: Based on Line 6 Tape Eater 14. RotaryDrum+Horn: Based on Leslie 145 Rotary Speaker 15. RotaryDrum: Based on Fender Vibratone 16. Stereo Chorus: Based on Line 6 Stereo Chorus 17. Stereo Flange: Based on Line 6 Stereo Flange 18. Hi-Talk: Based on Line 6 Hi Talk 19. L6 Sweeper: Based on Line 6 Sweeper 20. Warble-Matic: Based on Line 6 Warble-Matic 21. Auto Pan: Based on Line 6 Auto Panner Vetta II Delay Post Effect Models 1. Analog Echo: Based on Boss DM-2 Analog Delay 2. Analog w/Mod: Based on Electro-Harmonix Deluxe Memory Man 3. Tube Echo: Based on Maestro EP-1 Echoplex 4. Tape Echo: Based on Maestro EP-3 Echoplex 5. Multi-head: Based on Roland RE-101 Space Echo 6. Echo Platter: Based on Binson EchoRec 7. Digital: Based on Line 6 Digital Delay 8. Reverse Delay: Based on Line 6 Reverse Delay 9. Low Rez: Based on Line 6 Low Rez Delay 10. Phaze Eko: Based on Line 6 Phaze Eko 11. Sweep Echo: Based on Line 6 Sweep echo 12. Bubble Echo: Based on Line 6 Bubble Echo 13. Ping Pong Delay: Based on Line 6 Ping Pong Delay 14. Stereo Delay: Based on Line 6 Stereo Delay Vetta II Reverb Post Effect Models 1. Lux Spring: Based on Fender '64 Deluxe Spring 2. Std Spring: Based on Fender '65 Twin Reverb Spring 3. King Spring: Based on Line 6 Spring 4. Small Room: Based on Line 6 Small Room 5. Large Room: Based on Line 6 Large Room 6. Studio 6: Based on Line 6 Studio 7. Tiled Room: Based on Line 6 Tiled Room 8. Memphis Plate: Based on Line 6 Memphis Plate 9. Foil Plate: Based on Line 6 Foil Plate 10. Blue Plate: Based on Line 6 Blue Plate 11. Bingo Hall: Based on Line 6 Bingo Hall 12. Concert Hall: Based on Line 6 Concert Hall 13. War Memorial: Based on Line 6 War Memorial 14. Hangar 18: Based on Line 6 Hangar 18 15. Propellerverb: Based on Line 6 Propellerverb 16. Radioverb: Based on Line 6 Radioverb Digital/Analog Effects Loop While we’ve tried to anticipate all of your effects needs, you may still want to use other effects with Vetta II. Just like any normal guitar amp, you can run your old stompboxes right in front of Vetta II. If you’ve got rack gear, you can use the analog (1/4-inch TRS) or digital (S/PDIF or AES/EBU) connections on Vetta II’s back panel. The Effects Loop is switchable (from the front panel or the FBV controller), the on/off state is remembered in each preset, and you can even route the loop in series or parallel. A.I.R. II Vetta II is the most versatile recording amplifier in the world. The direct outputs of Vetta II include Line 6’s A.I.R. II microphone and cabinet technology. A.I.R. II allows you to choose from 3 different classic mic models, each in two different positions. The mic settings can also be saved into each preset of Vetta II. Vetta II Cabinet Models 1. No Cab: No Cabinet Model 2. 1x6 Super O:Based on 1x6x9 Supro '60s S6616 3. 1x8 Tweed: Based on 1x8 Fender '61 Tweed Champ 4. 1x10 Gibtone: Based on 1x10 Gibson '59 GA-18 Explorer 5. 1x10 G-Brand: Based on 1x10 Gretsch '60 6156 6. 1x12 Tweed: Based on 1x12 Fender ?3 Tweed Deluxe 7. 1x12 Blackface: Based on 1x12 Fender '64 Deluxe 8. 1x12 Line 6: Based on 1x12 Line 6 Cabinet 9. 1x12 California: Based on 1x12 Mesa Boogie '85 Mark IIC+ 10. 1x12 Class A: Based on 1x12 Vox '61 AC-15 11. 1x15 Thunder: Based on 1x15 Supro '62 Thunderbolt 12. 2x2 Mini T: Based on 2x2 Fender '96 Mini Twin 13. 2x12 Zen Master: Based on 2x12 Budda ?1 Twinmaster 14. 2x12 Blackface: Based on 2x12 Fender '65 Twin Reverb 15. 2x12 Line 6: Based on 2x12 Line 6 Cabinet 16. 2x12 Match: Based on 2x12 Matchless '96 Chieftain 17. 2x12 Jazz: Based on 2x12 Roland '87 Jazz Chorus 18. 2x12 Wishbook: Based on 2x12 Silvertone '67 Twin Twelve 19. 2x12 Class A: Based on 2x12 Vox '67 AC-30 Top Boost 20. 4x10 Tweed: Based on 4x10 Fender '58 Bassman 21. 4x12 Hiway: Based on 4x12 Hiwatt '73 Custom 100 Cabinet 22. 4x12 Line 6: Based on 4x12 Line 6 Cabinet 23. 4x12 Green 20's: Based on 4x12 Marshall '67 Cab w/ Celestion Greenbacks 24. 4x12 Green 25's: Based on 4x12 Marshall '68 Cab w/ Celestion Greenbacks 25. 4x12 Brit T75: Based on 4x12 Marshall Cab with Celestion G12-T75’s 26. 4x12 Brit V30's: Based on 4x12 Marshall Cab w/ Celestion Vintage 30’s 27. 4x12 Treadplate: Based on 4x12 Mesa Boogie '01 Cabinet 28. 4x12 HiGn SOLO: Based on 4x12 Soldano '93 Cabinet Vetta II A.I.R. II Microphone Models 1. SM-57: Based on Shure SM57 On Axis 2. SM-57 Off Axis: Based on Shure SM57 Off Axis 3. MD-421: Based on Sennheiser MD 421 On Axis 4. MD-421 Off Axis: Based on Sennheiser MD 421 Off Axis 5. U-67: Based on Neumann U 67 On Axis 6. U-67 Off Axis: Based on Neumann U 67 Off Axis 7. Off: No DI Mic or Cab Sim Variax and Vetta II Vetta II includes an ultra-rugged, locking Variax cable that is used to connect your Variax to Vetta II. This one cable (based on industry-standard CAT 5 Ethernet) provides everything needed to make the most complete guitar system ever created. The Vetta II now provides power, a direct digital audio connection, and bi-directional control of the Variax. Each Vetta II preset can store the guitar model, pickup selection and exact position of the tone control. Plus, Vetta II can send the signal to the speakers, to the direct XLR and 1/4-inch outputs, or both. What does all of this mean? Now you can instantly switch from a single-coil guitar in the neck position with a fuzz and tape echo running into a head and 4x12 cabinet, to a carefully miked acoustic coming through just the P.A. system. Now imagine what you could do at your next session or gig! Specifications ? Vetta II HD 300-watts stereo Full power into 4, 8, or 16 ohms 40 lbs. (18kg) [WxHxD] 29 in. x 10 in. x 9 in. (74cm x 25cm x 23cm) Vetta II Combo and Vetta II HD: 73 classic and modern amp models 27 speaker cabinet models Over 50 stompbox and studio effects models (including filter and synth) A.I.R. II with 6 different mic models and positions Unique Line 6 features like Two Amps at Once and Double Tracker Wet/Dry cabinet support Supports Digital and Analog Re-Amping Stereo XLR balanced +4dBu direct outputs (with ground lift switch) Stereo 1/4 in. unbalanced ?0dBV direct outs, AES/EBU and S/PDIF digital audio ins and outs (up to 24-bit/96k) Variax digital guitar input Saves Variax settings in each patch 1/4 in. programmable stereo effects loop MIDI in and out Chromatic Tuner Add an FBV Foot Controller and get: Dedicated channel switches Dedicated effects on/off switches Large name display Wah pedal with toe switch on/off Volume pedal Chromatic digital tuner Tap Tempo No wall-wart—powered by Vetta II Also works with FBV4 and FBV Shortboard "
|
![]() Sony VPL-CX70 LCD Projector Price: 1,549.00 Retail Price: 1,699.00 sony-vpl-cx70 Gigasonic The VPL-CX70 is ideal for handling presentations when you are always on the move. Compact and light enough to be easily carried, The VPL-CX70 projector is an excellent choice. But do not be fooled by its size, the VPL-CX70 provides a brightness of 2000 ANSI lumens, XGA (1024 X 768) resolution and a full range of functions so it can meet the demands of multiple environments. The VPL-CX70 meets the demands of the road and in the boardroom. Features ? 2000 ANSI Lumens (High lamp mode) 1600 ANSI Lumens (Std lamp mode) Native XGA Resolution (1024 X 768) 0.79-inch XGA LCD Panel Approx. 6lb 4oz / 2.9kg 165W /135W UHP Lamp Automatic Set Up (Lens, Tilt, Input Search, Keystone correction, APA & Auto Focus) Input - RGB/Component, S-Video, Composite Video, Audio & USB Color System (NTSC3.58, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60) 40 to 300" Screen Size (Viewable area measured diagonally) Off & Go Side Shot Ceiling Mountable (PAM-100) Security Password Protected Control Panel Key Lock Security Lock 4x Digital Zoom Picture and Audio Muting 15 Language On-Screen Display Specifications ? Projection System: 3 LCD panels, 1 lens projection system LCD Panel 0.79-inch XGA LCD Panel 786,432 (1024 x 768) pixels x 3 Projection Lens 1.2 times zoom F 1.6 to 1.78 F 23.5 to 28.2mm powered Lamp: 165W UHP Lamp Light Output 2000 ANSI Lumens (High lamp mode) 1600 ANSI Lumens (Std lamp mode) Screen Coverage: 40 to 300-inches (Viewable area measured diagonally) Color System: NTSC3.58, PAL, SECAM, NTSC4.43, PAL-M, PAL-N, PAL60 Resolution Video 750TV lines RGB 1024 X 768 Acceptable Computer Signals fH: 19-92kHz, fV: 48-92Hz (Up to SXGA+ (60Hz)) Acceptable Video Signals 15kHz RGB/Component 50/60Hz, Progressive Component 50/60Hz Composite video, Y/C video DTV (480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p, 540/60p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i) Dimension (WxHxD) 298x69x243.5 mm 11.7 x 2.7 x 9.6 inches Mass: Approx. 2.9 kg / 6 lbs 4oz Power Requirements: AC 100 to 240V, 50/60Hz, 2.8 - 1.2A Power Consumption 240W (Max) 9W (Standby) Operating Temperature: 0 to 35 degrees Celsius (32 to 95 F) Operating Humidity: 35% to 85% (no condensation) Heat Dissipation: 819BTU On Screen Display (language) 15-language (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Japanese, Chinese (simplified), Chinese (traditional), Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Swedish, Russian and Thai) Input RGB/Component: HD D-sub 15 pin S-Video: Y/C Mini DIN 4pin Composite Video: RCA Pin jack Audio (Mono): Stereo minijack USB (Upstream B type x 1) Throwing Distance 80" 2.4 - 2.7m 100" 3.0 - 3.4m Safety Regulations UL1950 Listed, cUL (CSA No.60950), FCC Class B, IC Class B, DEMKO (EN60950), CE (LVD, EMC), C-Tick, Dentori, VCCI Class B "
|
![]() Sony SRPX500P MIXER Price: 1,500.00 Retail Price: 1,700.00 sony-srpx500p Gigasonic Sony SRP-X500P powered A/V matrix mixer offers an all-in-one" solution for multimedia presentations. A totally new multimedia presentation concept unites the functions of a high quality audio mixer, wireless microphone receiver slots, RGB/video switcher, equalizer, active feedback reducer and power amplifier in a single, compact unit. Ideal for conference rooms and lecture theatres as well as a wide range of other presentation applications, the Sony SRP-X500P powered mixer reflects a major trend in modern presentations towards combining wireless and wired microphones with audio from multimedia sources ranging from video recorders and DVD players to notebook PCs and LCD projectors. Features ? All-in-One Design : Similar to the flagship model SRP-X700P, the SRP-X500P integrates the functionality of seven devices to manage today's modern presentation system. The 7 key functions include; RGB Switcher, Video Switcher, Wireless Tuner Base Unit, Audio Mixer, Power Amplifier, Feedback Reducer and Equalizer High Quality Digital Processor: The SRP-X500P is equipped with digital feedback reduction function for each microphone input channel. It can be enabled to seek out the frequency, in which howling is likely to occur, and suppress the howling by reducing the amplifier gain with 5 band equalization. Enhanced User-Friendly System Presets: The SRP-X500P supports various AV system configurations without any meticulous manual adjustments, by selecting a System type from the nine system presets. Alternatively, system integrators can customize parameter settings to optimize audio signal routing, and output audio delay settings. Versatile Interface: The SRP-X500P is equipped with three composite inputs and two RGB/Component inputs. The SRPX500P supports high-resolution component signals such as 480p and 1080i, and also SXGA (1280 X 1024 pixels) for RGB. The SRP-X500P is equipped with four microphone inputs and two stereo line inputs. Integrated Wireless Mic Tuner Slots: Up to two optional wireless tuner modules, the UWP-X1/X2 series or the WRU-806 can be directly installed in the SRP-X500P, making it simple to integrate a high quality Sony wireless microphone system into the presentation system. Please note : UWP Series models and WRT-WRU-806 Series models are not compatible with one another. Comprehensive Remote Control: The SRP-X500P provides extensive control capabilities through its Control-S, RS-232C and parallel port or an optional RM-AV3000 series Wireless Remote Commander. Built-in Four-Channel Digital Power Amplifier: The SRP-X500P is equipped with four-channel digital power amplifiers that can be switched between high and low impedance modes corresponding to various loudspeaker and room types. Easy-to-Use GUI: The SRP-X500P is supplied with the Widows-based software program, the SRPX500P Manager. The SRP-X500P Manager program allows easy configuration of the system during installation, including control of audio processing settings, such as equalizer, AGC, and compressor using a simple and intuitive GUI. Specifications ? Audio Frequency Response: 10Hz to 20KHz +/-0.5dB (with LINE OUTPUT 1 kHz reference) Audio T.H.D.: 0.01% or less (with LINE OUTPUT 1 kHz reference) Audio S/N Ratio: 94 dB or more (LINE OUTPUT, IHF-A) Audio Crosstalk: -80 dB or less (between LINE channels, 1 kHz with input cut-off) Video Frequency Response: 50 Hz to 10 MHz Component/RGB Frequency Response: 50 Hz to 150 MHz, 480i,1080i, supports 1280 x 1024 60Hz (SXGA) Audio Inputs; Mic Inputs 1 to 4: Connector: XLR-3-31 type Circuit: Balanced Reference Input Level: -60 to -30 dBu Maximum Input Level: -37 to -7 dBu Impedance: 2.2 K ohm or more Audio Inputs; Line IN / AV INPUT A to E: Connnector: Phono Jack Circuit: Unbalanced Reference Input Level: -60 to -30 dBu Maximum Input Level: +10 dBu Impedance: 10 K ohm Audio Outputs; Line Output 1 to 4: Connector: Phono Jack Impedance: 10 K ohm Reference Level: -5 dBu Maximum Level: +15 dB Impedance: 10 K ohm or more Audio Outputs; Speaker Output CH 1/2 Terminal: Screw Type Maximum Output: 90 W (4 ohm, 8 ohm) Load Impedance: 4 ohm to 16 ohm Audio Outputs; Speaker Output CH3/4 Terminal: Screw Type Maximum Output: When Low Impedence is Selected=50 W (4 ohm, 8 ohm) Maximum Output: When 70V Line is Selected=60W (82 ohm) Load Impedance: When Low Impedance is Selected= 4 ohm, 16 ohm Low Impedence: When 70V Line is Selected= 82 ohm to 10 K ohm Video Input; AV RGB Input - Video A to C: Connector: Phono Jack Signal Format: Composite Level: 1 V p-p Impedance: 75 ohm Video Input; AV RGB Input-Component RGB D-E: Connector: HD D-sub, 15-pin Video Input; AV RGB Input-Component RGB D-E: Signal Format: RGB/Component Level: Video Signal = 0.7 V p-p Level: Sync Signal= 1 to 5 V Impedance: Video Signal= 75 ohm Impedance: Sync Signal= 47 K ohm Video Output; Output Component/RGB: Connector: HD D-sub, 15-pin Signal Format: RGB/Component Level: Video Signal = 0.7 V p-p Level: Sync Signal= 1 to 5 V Impedance: Video Signal= 75 ohm Impedance: Sync Signal= 47 K ohm Video Output; Output Video: Connector: Phono Jack Signal Format: Composite Level: 1 V p-p Impedance: 75 ohm Remote Connector; Projector Control: RS-232C, D-Sub 9-pin (male) Remote Connector; Control S IN/OUT: Mini Jack Remote Connector; Parallel Remote Control: D-Sub, 25-pin (female) Input Pins: Make Contact Input Input Pin Logic: C-MOS Level Active L, Input Pulse Width= 100msec or more Output Pins: Open Collector Output Output Pin Voltage: Withstand voltage= +24 V or less, Maximum Sink Current=40mA Remote Connector; Serial Remote Control: RS-232C, D-Sub 9-pin (male) Other Connectors: Antenna In A/B Connectors, BNC-type, Supplies +9 V DC +48 V Power Supply: Supplies power to Mic Input 1 to 4 connectors (XLR) when 48V ON/OFF selector set to ON Power Requirement: AC 120V, 60 Hz Power Consumption: 120 W Dimensions: 19 x 5 1/4 x 14 inches (W/H/D), excluding protrusions Mass: 26 lb. 3 oz. Operating Temperature: 32 to 104 Degrees F Storage Temperature: -4 to 140 Degrees F "
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Guitar Price: 1,499.99 Retail Price: 2,099.00 99-282-0105 Gigasonic The Variax 700 combines Line 6's exclusive modeling technology with a newly designed, custom solid-body guitar to bring you an entire collection of electric and acoustic guitars (over 25 in all) into 1 finely crafted instrument. The Variax 700 works just like a traditional guitar and features a contoured Mahogany body, tremolo bridge, 1-piece hard Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard, and Gotoh tuners. Instantly familiar controls allow for easy use -- just turn the knob to change guitars. Translucent finishes feature a contoured Ash top on a Mahogany body. Features ? Simple, instantly familiar controls Carved-top Ash over Mahogany body (Translucent Colors) or carved-top solid Mahogany body (Black Only) 1-piece Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard, bone nut, and pearl inlays Standard 1/4 in. guitar output jack Digital I/O jack for Vetta II connectivity Volume and tone controls respond faithfully for each model Included A/B footswitch selects between two outputs: 1/4 in. standard guitar output for connection to any guitar amp XLR balanced output for sending acoustic sounds to a separate amp or PA Powered by footswitch, on-board batteries, or Vetta II Custom-fitted heavy duty gig bag A couple of years before Variax was born, Line 6 decided to turn their attention from all that guitar gear to the guitar itself. They wondered - could it be possible to capture a complete range of this tone in one single instrument? It was a daunting task, but then so was the idea of squeezing a whole collection of amps and effects into one little kidney bean shaped metal box. So they figured, why not give it a go? Line 6 knew the sounds would have to be amazingly accurate to meet the needs of discriminating guitarists, so they began an intensive research project into guitar physics. They assembled test guitars that would make Victor Frankenstein blush. They systematically examined every factor that contributes to a guitar's tone, and developed ways to measure the complex interactions of vibrating strings, resonant bodies, and magnetic pickups. More importantly, Line 6 developed ways to capture these interactions mathematically so they could get the same sounds from their new guitar. As Line 6 refined their measuring and modeling techniques, they began working on a new, powerful hardware platform that could deliver their shockingly accurate sounds. Variax needed to have less noise than a standard humbucker, the ability to switch sounds in the fraction of a second that it takes to slap a pickup selector switch to the next position, and be powered in a variety of ways. And, most importantly, perform so flawlessly that you could forget it's even there. As the body and brain neared completion, it was time to create the soul. Line 6 auditioned an amazing array of vintage instruments to find the ones with the most distinctive voices and personalities. They applied their painstaking measuring techniques to these specimens, and refined their models while constantly referring back to the originals for accuracy. When the model reached the point not only sounding like the original, but also being as much fun to play, it was done. The result of their labors? Variax. An entire guitar collection in a single instrument. There's something magical about playing a 50-year-old guitar. Even better is a guitar that's actually been "played" every day of that half-century. Those instruments have a sound to them that only comes from the passing of time, hundreds of sessions, thousands of gigs... The guitars that are modeled in Variax aren't just showroom pieces. They have been played to perfection. These guitars have dings, scratches, and, most importantly, unbelievable tone. With one knob and a 5-way switch, Variax will take you through this historic collection of guitars. Variax On Stage -- The Right Guitar for Every Gig For years, guitarists have struggled with the fear of losing their most prized guitars on the road. You could probably count on one hand the amount of players who actually drag their one-of-a-kind vintage Strats, Teles and Les Pauls* to every gig. It's even worse for acoustic players. Even if you decided to pull out your favorite old acoustic, getting a properly miked acoustic guitar sound at stage volume can be an absolute nightmare. What if you could take one guitar and not only have all your electric needs covered, but have a pristinely miked acoustic sound at the touch of a 5-way toggle switch? Sound too good to be true? It used to be... Variax in the Studio -- Inspiration at the Speed of Creativity Talk to any working studio guitarist and they'll tell you that traveling with a guitar trunk the size of a small car is the norm. When the red light is on, and you're expected to come up with "the right part," the last thing you want is an uninspiring guitar sound. Even if you have the right guitar in your road case, it's still going to take you few minutes to change, re-tune and get back into the vibe of the track. With Variax you'll be able to audition 25 different guitars all at the turn of a knob. Now that's inspiration at the speed of creativity. Of course, for the rest of us who just want to demo an acoustic-heavy song at home before the dog and kids start making the "sounds of war," Variax will become indispensable. You'll be able to record a dobro, sitar or 12-string all without having to worry about mics or the bleed from the TV in the next room. Variax will help you be as creative as humanly possible with the 20 minutes you have after work and before you have to drive the kids to football practice and ballet lessons. Variax is the first guitar to break the physical barriers to great tone by modeling the subtle qualities and interactions that create every guitar's unique voice ?including body resonance, sustain and pickup characteristics. In the process, Line 6 found modeling solved a few pesky issues that have long plagued guitarists. For example, single coil sounds can be both dead-accurate and dead-quiet, and rich acoustic sounds at stage volumes no longer threaten to feedback. How does it work? Although at first glance Variax appears to be a conventional electric guitar, closer inspection reveals its lack of traditional magnetic pickups. The string vibrations are detected by a hexaphonic bridge pickup and are converted directly into digital signals. These signals are processed through software algorithms that capture the interaction of each instrument's pickups, their placement, the tone controls, and details of the instrument's physical structure. Unlike MIDI instruments or guitar synths, Variax dynamically alters the signal of its own natural string vibrations to match the modeled instrument's unique tonal characteristics. The signal is then converted back to analog, so Variax can be plugged directly into any electric guitar amplifier. *Variax and the Line 6 logo are trademarks of Line 6, Inc. All other amplifier, guitar and effect names used on this page are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds are modeled in Line 6's products. Specifications ? Tuners: Gotoh Frets: 22 medium profile Scale Length: 25-1/2 in. Fingerboard Radius: 10 in. Bridge: Custom Baggs Variax Models are based on: 1960 Fender Telecaster Custom 1968 Fender Telecaster 1968 Fender Telecaster Thinline 1959 Fender Stratocaster 1958 Gibson Les Paul Standard 1952 Gibson Les Paul “Goldtop? 1961 Gibson Les Paul Custom (3 PU) 1956 Gibson Les Paul Junior 1976 Gibson Firebird V 1955 Gibson Les Paul Special 1959 Gretsch 6120 1956 Gretsch Silver Jet 1968 Rickenbacker 360 1966 Rickenbacker 360-12 1961 Gibson ES-335 1967 Epiphone Casino 1957 Gibson ES-175 1953 Gibson Super 400 1959 Martin D-28 1970 Martin D 12-28 1967 Martin O-18 1966 Guild F212 1995 Gibson J-200 1935 Dobro Alumilite Danelectro 3021 Coral/Dano Electric Sitar Gibson Mastertone Banjo 1928 National Style 2 “Tricone?
|
![]() Alesis ADAT HD24 Hard Disk Recorder Price: 1,499.00 Retail Price: 2,499.00 ALESHD24 Gigasonic The Alesis HD24 comes with 24-track, 24-bit/96kHz hard disk recorders, designed to fit comfortably into any standard ADAT environment. The HD24 contains the features that you would expect from a hard disk recorder, such as copy, cut, paste and track-move editing with undo capabilities. The HD24 is the only HD recorders on the market with standard ADAT Optical and ADAT Sync, enabling them to work efficiently with existing systems. With Alesis's unique method of writing to the hard drive, HD24 and HD24XR are the first hard disk recorders exclusively for the purpose of recording music instead of data - resulting in remarkable stability and performance. By utilizing the built-in standard, low-cost IDE computer drives, the recording media costs no more than traditional ADAT tape on a per track basis. Two hot-swappable media bays-- provide convenient access to the recording drives, and allow the user to backup data in just minutes. Ethernet—ensure you edit tracks internally or easily transfer to computer. Features 24-track, 24-bit digital audio recording at 48kHz (12 tracks at 96kHz) High sample rates for top-notch audio. Digital: 44.1?6kHz. Upgrade HD24 to 96kHz with the EC-2 Fully loaded standard connections include 24 analog inputs and outputs (+4dBu, 1/4" TRS), plus 24 channels of ADAT Optical I/O Dual recording bays utilize standard low-cost, removable IDE drives so media costs don't break the bank Instant random access to audio using ADAT/FST?(File Streaming Technology). Hit rewind or fast-forward and you're there in a flash Internal editing capabilities include cut, copy, paste, and track-move with undo. Or use the built-in Ethernet port to easily send files to a computer DAW Multiple units can be synchronized to create a larger system, and easily integrated into an existing ADAT system Everything you need for a world-class digital recording setup: MIDI in/out, MTC out, Ethernet, ADAT Sync in/out, and Word Clock in. Specifications MEDIA. _2 caddys: 1 with installed 40GB HD; 1 empty which can contain IDE/EIDE/ATA Drive of 5400/7200/ 10000 RPM up to 2000GB TRACK COUNT. _24 tracks at 24-bit/48kHz, 12 tracks at 24-bit/96kHz. SAMPLE RATES. _Digital: 44.1-96kHz. Analog: 44.1-48kHz (HD24). Upgrade HD24 to 96kHz with the EC-2. CONNECTIONS. _Analog: 24 24-bit inputs, 24 24-bit outputs (1/4" TRS, +4dBu). Digital: 24-channel I/O via 3 ADAT Optical inputs and 3 ADAT Optical outputs. Other: MIDI in/out. Alesis Sync in/out (DB-9). Word Clock input (BNC, 75). Footswitch jack for punch in/out (1/4"). LRC input for traditional wired remote (1/4"). 10 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45). AUDIO SPECS. _Frequency response: 20Hz 20kHz +0/ 1dB. Dynamic range: 103dB A/D, >103dB D/A (A-weighted). Distortion:
|
![]() Alesis Fusion 8HD Keyboard Workstation Price: 1,499.00 Retail Price: 2,999.00 ALESFUSION8HD Gigasonic The Alesis Fusion 8HD Workstation from Alesis is a powerhouse product containing four synthesizers, an eight-channel hard disk recorder, built-in sampler, effects processor and expandable RAM possibilities, all offered in one sleek package. Powered by a Coldfire processor surrounded by seven high-performance DSPs, the Fusion is the only synth workstation with integrated 8-channel 24-bit recording capability. Available in two models - the 61 note semi-weighted 6HD and the full sized 88-note fully-weighted 8HD - this production center is ideal for the professional project studio or live performance applications. The Alesis Fusion series is the only workstation of its kind that can save and load programs off of a hard disk (or the removable Compact Flash memory), so users can store sounds on the internal disk and always have their programs available. Users never have to load samples off a slow CD-ROM or floppy disk again. Additional features include; direct CD-R burning, fully assignable buttons and 360- degree knobs for total control of synth parameters, 32 track MIDI sequencer, fully programmable arpeggiator and internal memory expandable from 64MB to 192MB. Features ? 88 Note Fully Weighted Keyboard Workstation Four integrated synthesis types: Sample Playback, Virtual Analog, FM, and Physical Modeling Full synth workstation with 8 track 24-bit hard disk recording High-definition 24-bit sampler with comprehensive waveform editing with internal memory expandable from 64MB to 192MB 32 Track MIDI sequencer built in with integrated multi-channel digital audio playback The only workstation of its kind that can save and load programs off of a hard disk (or the removable Compact Flash memory), by storing all your sounds on the internal disk and always having your programs available to you. You’ll never have to load samples off a slow CD-ROM or floppy-disk again! Onboard grand piano based on acclaimed “Holy Grail Piano,?by Q Up Arts Storage options include built-in 40 Gig hard disk, USB 2.0, Compact flash, and the optional external Fusion drive CD-R, DVD storage and/or external hard disk* Multi-channel input and output options in both analog and digital (S/PDIF and ADAT Lightpipe) Fully assignable buttons and 360?knobs for hands-on control of synth parameters (or control of external gear through MIDI) Fully programmable arpeggiator with standard, phrase, and drum machine playback Large 240x128 backlit LCD
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 705 Modeling Bass Guitar - Sunburst Price: 1,449.99 Retail Price: 2,029.00 99-473-0105 Gigasonic Variax Bass 705 is a high-quality, five-string bass addition to the Variax family of instruments. The exclusive Line 6 modeling technology that lives inside this solid-body bass delivers 24 exciting sounds ranging from vintage instruments to modern classics, acoustic basses, and synth sounds. Exclusive to Variax Bass 705 is the ability to instantly call up a five-string version of a classic 4-string, vintage 8-string, or acoustic upright sound. Plus, the low B-string extends the synth models into a range only keyboard players normally reach. These innovations make Variax Bass 705 a must-have for any contemporary bassist. Variax Bass 705 features an alder body, maple neck with rosewood fingerboard, and sealed die cast chrome tuners. Included is a custom-fitted gig bag and XPS DI direct box with 1/4 in. and XLR outputs that also supplies power to the instrument through the provided TRS cable. Available in black or sunburst finishes. Ever wish you could take just one bass to a session that could go from round, vintage warmth to modern, active pickup punch? What if you could take that jazz gig and not have to squeeze an acoustic bass in your trunk or on the subway? With a Variax Bass, you can show up to any live gig or studio date with the confidence your tone will always be perfect for any tune. Best of all, that's just the beginning of what you can do with a Variax Bass 700 and 705. Master Volume - Green/Red Select Even a control as simple as volume offers you more on Variax?Bass. When you press the Volume knob down, the light near the MODEL SELECT knob changes color from green (first model) to red (second variation). Model Select Its primary function is in choosing the active instrument model. Rotate the knob to choose from the 12 positions, and that handy indicator light will be lighting up the knob so you'll even be able to see what you're doing on a dark stage. Each position actually contains two models, just push the Volume knob to select between them. Blend ?Pickup Position ?Mic Position Most of the basses we've modeled have two pickups. Instead of providing individual volume controls for each pickup, we've taken the more modern approach of a master Volume and Blend. Rotate the Blend fully clockwise for just the bridge pickup, and fully counterclockwise for just the neck pickup. At the center detent, you get equal amounts of both pickups. Everything in-between is a blend of the two. Several of the modeled basses have only a single pickup. Ordinarily this doesn't give you much pickup variation, but the Variax Bass is no ordinary instrument. At the center detent, you can hear the pickup in the “stock?position. Rotate the control clockwise to move the pickup closer to the bridge, and counterclockwise to move the pickup closer to the neck. Welcome to the future, my friend. For the acoustic instruments, the Blend control lets you change the position of the modeled microphone. Rotate the control clockwise to bring the mic closer, counterclockwise to pull the mic out for more ambience. Tone The Variax Bass Tone control is split into two separate knobs. The smaller knob on top controls Treble and the large one on the bottom controls Bass. For models based on passive basses, the center detent on the Treble represents 10 on the modeled instrument. Rotating counterclockwise gives you the same results as turning down the passive control. If you rotate clockwise from the detent, you get a treble boost of the modeled instrument. Since passive basses don't typically have a Bass control, putting this control at center detent makes no modification to the modeled instrument sound. For those of you who prefer enhanced to natural, rotating clockwise boosts bass frequencies, and rotating counterclockwise cuts them. For models based on active basses, the behavior of the tone controls are based on those of the modeled instrument. Saving The Perfect Setup To really take advantage of the sonic capabilities of the Variax Bass when performing, you'll want each instrument model to be set up for your specific needs and preferences. Use the Customize function of Variax Bass's model knob to get all 24 models sounding just the way you want. Once you've tweaked these settings to perfection, just press the Model Select knob down and hold for a few seconds until the indicator light shines solid green or red. That's it. Now every time you call up that model, it's set up just the way you like it. Direct To House PA And Stage Rig With The XPS-DI Variax Basses come with the XPS-DI unit. This professional direct box gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and standard 1/4-inch output. No additional DI box is required! Now you can get a clean, balanced signal straight to the house PA and to an amp rig on stage without carrying around any extra gear. But that's not all. The XPS-DI can even power the Variax bass. Check out the specs page for all the details on this incredible little box. Features ? Practical, instantly familiar controls Contoured alder body Maple neck with rosewood fingerboard 21 medium profile frets 1.8 in. nut width 34 in. scale length 10 in. fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar cable output jack Digital I/O RJ45 jack for future updates and additional sounds Included XPS-DI direct box and power supply features: 1/4" standard guitar cable output for connection to any bass rig XLR balanced output for sending signal to a recording console or house PA Powers the Variax Bass using included TRS cable Powered by XPS-DI or on-board batteries (six AA or one 9-volt) Custom-fitted heavy-duty gig bag
|
![]() Sony WRR-861B Receiver 66/68 Price: 1,419.00 Retail Price: 1,440.00 sony-wrr-861b Gigasonic The WRR-861B Is a UHF-synthesized Dual Diversity Tuner.This affordable diversity tuner has been introduced to meet the demand for reliable reception in ENG and EFP applications. The space-diversity receiver module is built in to a rugged, compact and extremely lightweight body that is made from die-cast magnesium. This makes the WRR-861B especially suitable for mounting onto Sony professional camcorders with the supplied attachment kit/case, as well as a variety of other critical portable applications. The WRR-861B is available onTV channels 62/64 (62, 63, 64, 65) and 66/68 (66, 67, 68, 69). Features ? Space Diversity Tuner Wide operating frequency ranges 188 PLL-synthesized channels Compact, lightweight LED and full-status LCD indication Long operating time Dual power Switchable RF squelch Headphone monitor out Rugged, die-cast magnesium, construction Can be mounted to any Sony professional camcorder Specifications ? receiving frequencies: selectable between 188 synthesized frequencies within a 24 mhz range). operating within the 470-806mhz band reception system: space diversity, dual conversion superheterodyne system dynamic range: >96db (101db typical) ref/maximum deviation: +/- 5khz, +/- 40khz signal to noise ratio: > 60db (65db typical) @ ref deviation selectivity: >60db @ +/-250khz rf squelch: selectable: 5dbu, 10dbu, 15dbu frequency response: 40hz - 18khz distortion: < 1% (max deviation @ 1khz) output level: -58db (@ref deviation) monitor output: 3.5mm minijack power requirements: batteries: 4-"aa" alkaline batteries (230ma @dc 6v), external (via accessory cable 135ma @ dc 12v) battery life: 8 hours or more dimensions: 3/ 5/8" x 4 3/4" x 1 3/16" weight: 10.2 oz incl batteries
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 705 Modeling Bass Guitar - Black Price: 1,399.99 Retail Price: 1,959.99 99-470-0105 Gigasonic Variax Bass 705 is a high-quality, five-string bass addition to the Variax family of instruments. The exclusive Line 6 modeling technology that lives inside this solid-body bass delivers 24 exciting sounds ranging from vintage instruments to modern classics, acoustic basses, and synth sounds. Exclusive to Variax Bass 705 is the ability to instantly call up a five-string version of a classic 4-string, vintage 8-string, or acoustic upright sound. Plus, the low B-string extends the synth models into a range only keyboard players normally reach. These innovations make Variax Bass 705 a must-have for any contemporary bassist. Variax Bass 705 features an alder body, maple neck with rosewood fingerboard, and sealed die cast chrome tuners. Included is a custom-fitted gig bag and XPS DI direct box with 1/4 in. and XLR outputs that also supplies power to the instrument through the provided TRS cable. Available in black or sunburst finishes. Ever wish you could take just one bass to a session that could go from round, vintage warmth to modern, active pickup punch? What if you could take that jazz gig and not have to squeeze an acoustic bass in your trunk or on the subway? With a Variax Bass, you can show up to any live gig or studio date with the confidence your tone will always be perfect for any tune. Best of all, that's just the beginning of what you can do with a Variax Bass 700 and 705. Master Volume - Green/Red Select Even a control as simple as volume offers you more on Variax?Bass. When you press the Volume knob down, the light near the MODEL SELECT knob changes color from green (first model) to red (second variation). Model Select Its primary function is in choosing the active instrument model. Rotate the knob to choose from the 12 positions, and that handy indicator light will be lighting up the knob so you'll even be able to see what you're doing on a dark stage. Each position actually contains two models, just push the Volume knob to select between them. Blend ?Pickup Position ?Mic Position Most of the basses we've modeled have two pickups. Instead of providing individual volume controls for each pickup, we've taken the more modern approach of a master Volume and Blend. Rotate the Blend fully clockwise for just the bridge pickup, and fully counterclockwise for just the neck pickup. At the center detent, you get equal amounts of both pickups. Everything in-between is a blend of the two. Several of the modeled basses have only a single pickup. Ordinarily this doesn't give you much pickup variation, but the Variax Bass is no ordinary instrument. At the center detent, you can hear the pickup in the “stock?position. Rotate the control clockwise to move the pickup closer to the bridge, and counterclockwise to move the pickup closer to the neck. Welcome to the future, my friend. For the acoustic instruments, the Blend control lets you change the position of the modeled microphone. Rotate the control clockwise to bring the mic closer, counterclockwise to pull the mic out for more ambience. Tone The Variax Bass Tone control is split into two separate knobs. The smaller knob on top controls Treble and the large one on the bottom controls Bass. For models based on passive basses, the center detent on the Treble represents 10 on the modeled instrument. Rotating counterclockwise gives you the same results as turning down the passive control. If you rotate clockwise from the detent, you get a treble boost of the modeled instrument. Since passive basses don't typically have a Bass control, putting this control at center detent makes no modification to the modeled instrument sound. For those of you who prefer enhanced to natural, rotating clockwise boosts bass frequencies, and rotating counterclockwise cuts them. For models based on active basses, the behavior of the tone controls are based on those of the modeled instrument. Saving The Perfect Setup To really take advantage of the sonic capabilities of the Variax Bass when performing, you'll want each instrument model to be set up for your specific needs and preferences. Use the Customize function of Variax Bass's model knob to get all 24 models sounding just the way you want. Once you've tweaked these settings to perfection, just press the Model Select knob down and hold for a few seconds until the indicator light shines solid green or red. That's it. Now every time you call up that model, it's set up just the way you like it. Direct To House PA And Stage Rig With The XPS-DI Variax Basses come with the XPS-DI unit. This professional direct box gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and standard 1/4-inch output. No additional DI box is required! Now you can get a clean, balanced signal straight to the house PA and to an amp rig on stage without carrying around any extra gear. But that's not all. The XPS-DI can even power the Variax bass. Check out the specs page for all the details on this incredible little box. Features ? Practical, instantly familiar controls Contoured alder body Maple neck with rosewood fingerboard 21 medium profile frets 1.8 in. nut width 34 in. scale length 10 in. fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar cable output jack Digital I/O RJ45 jack for future updates and additional sounds Included XPS-DI direct box and power supply features: 1/4" standard guitar cable output for connection to any bass rig XLR balanced output for sending signal to a recording console or house PA Powers the Variax Bass using included TRS cable Powered by XPS-DI or on-board batteries (six AA or one 9-volt) Custom-fitted heavy-duty gig bag
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Guitar Price: 1,399.99 Retail Price: 2,099.00 99-280-0105 Gigasonic The Variax 700 combines Line 6's exclusive modeling technology with a newly designed, custom solid-body guitar to bring you an entire collection of electric and acoustic guitars (over 25 in all) into 1 finely crafted instrument. The Variax 700 works just like a traditional guitar and features a contoured Mahogany body, tremolo bridge, 1-piece hard Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard, and Gotoh tuners. Instantly familiar controls allow for easy use -- just turn the knob to change guitars. Translucent finishes feature a contoured Ash top on a Mahogany body. Features ? Simple, instantly familiar controls Carved-top Ash over Mahogany body (Translucent Colors) or carved-top solid Mahogany body (Black Only) 1-piece Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard, bone nut, and pearl inlays Standard 1/4 in. guitar output jack Digital I/O jack for Vetta II connectivity Volume and tone controls respond faithfully for each model Included A/B footswitch selects between two outputs: 1/4 in. standard guitar output for connection to any guitar amp XLR balanced output for sending acoustic sounds to a separate amp or PA Powered by footswitch, on-board batteries, or Vetta II Custom-fitted heavy duty gig bag A couple of years before Variax was born, Line 6 decided to turn their attention from all that guitar gear to the guitar itself. They wondered - could it be possible to capture a complete range of this tone in one single instrument? It was a daunting task, but then so was the idea of squeezing a whole collection of amps and effects into one little kidney bean shaped metal box. So they figured, why not give it a go? Line 6 knew the sounds would have to be amazingly accurate to meet the needs of discriminating guitarists, so they began an intensive research project into guitar physics. They assembled test guitars that would make Victor Frankenstein blush. They systematically examined every factor that contributes to a guitar's tone, and developed ways to measure the complex interactions of vibrating strings, resonant bodies, and magnetic pickups. More importantly, Line 6 developed ways to capture these interactions mathematically so they could get the same sounds from their new guitar. As Line 6 refined their measuring and modeling techniques, they began working on a new, powerful hardware platform that could deliver their shockingly accurate sounds. Variax needed to have less noise than a standard humbucker, the ability to switch sounds in the fraction of a second that it takes to slap a pickup selector switch to the next position, and be powered in a variety of ways. And, most importantly, perform so flawlessly that you could forget it's even there. As the body and brain neared completion, it was time to create the soul. Line 6 auditioned an amazing array of vintage instruments to find the ones with the most distinctive voices and personalities. They applied their painstaking measuring techniques to these specimens, and refined their models while constantly referring back to the originals for accuracy. When the model reached the point not only sounding like the original, but also being as much fun to play, it was done. The result of their labors? Variax. An entire guitar collection in a single instrument. There's something magical about playing a 50-year-old guitar. Even better is a guitar that's actually been "played" every day of that half-century. Those instruments have a sound to them that only comes from the passing of time, hundreds of sessions, thousands of gigs... The guitars that are modeled in Variax aren't just showroom pieces. They have been played to perfection. These guitars have dings, scratches, and, most importantly, unbelievable tone. With one knob and a 5-way switch, Variax will take you through this historic collection of guitars. Variax On Stage -- The Right Guitar for Every Gig For years, guitarists have struggled with the fear of losing their most prized guitars on the road. You could probably count on one hand the amount of players who actually drag their one-of-a-kind vintage Strats, Teles and Les Pauls* to every gig. It's even worse for acoustic players. Even if you decided to pull out your favorite old acoustic, getting a properly miked acoustic guitar sound at stage volume can be an absolute nightmare. What if you could take one guitar and not only have all your electric needs covered, but have a pristinely miked acoustic sound at the touch of a 5-way toggle switch? Sound too good to be true? It used to be... Variax in the Studio -- Inspiration at the Speed of Creativity Talk to any working studio guitarist and they'll tell you that traveling with a guitar trunk the size of a small car is the norm. When the red light is on, and you're expected to come up with "the right part," the last thing you want is an uninspiring guitar sound. Even if you have the right guitar in your road case, it's still going to take you few minutes to change, re-tune and get back into the vibe of the track. With Variax you'll be able to audition 25 different guitars all at the turn of a knob. Now that's inspiration at the speed of creativity. Of course, for the rest of us who just want to demo an acoustic-heavy song at home before the dog and kids start making the "sounds of war," Variax will become indispensable. You'll be able to record a dobro, sitar or 12-string all without having to worry about mics or the bleed from the TV in the next room. Variax will help you be as creative as humanly possible with the 20 minutes you have after work and before you have to drive the kids to football practice and ballet lessons. Variax is the first guitar to break the physical barriers to great tone by modeling the subtle qualities and interactions that create every guitar's unique voice ?including body resonance, sustain and pickup characteristics. In the process, Line 6 found modeling solved a few pesky issues that have long plagued guitarists. For example, single coil sounds can be both dead-accurate and dead-quiet, and rich acoustic sounds at stage volumes no longer threaten to feedback. How does it work? Although at first glance Variax appears to be a conventional electric guitar, closer inspection reveals its lack of traditional magnetic pickups. The string vibrations are detected by a hexaphonic bridge pickup and are converted directly into digital signals. These signals are processed through software algorithms that capture the interaction of each instrument's pickups, their placement, the tone controls, and details of the instrument's physical structure. Unlike MIDI instruments or guitar synths, Variax dynamically alters the signal of its own natural string vibrations to match the modeled instrument's unique tonal characteristics. The signal is then converted back to analog, so Variax can be plugged directly into any electric guitar amplifier. *Variax and the Line 6 logo are trademarks of Line 6, Inc. All other amplifier, guitar and effect names used on this page are trademarks of their respective owners, which are in no way associated or affiliated with Line 6. These trademarks of other manufacturers are used solely to identify the products of those manufacturers whose tones and sounds are modeled in Line 6's products. Specifications ? Tuners: Gotoh Frets: 22 medium profile Scale Length: 25-1/2 in. Fingerboard Radius: 10 in. Bridge: Custom Baggs Variax Models are based on: 1960 Fender Telecaster Custom 1968 Fender Telecaster 1968 Fender Telecaster Thinline 1959 Fender Stratocaster 1958 Gibson Les Paul Standard 1952 Gibson Les Paul “Goldtop? 1961 Gibson Les Paul Custom (3 PU) 1956 Gibson Les Paul Junior 1976 Gibson Firebird V 1955 Gibson Les Paul Special 1959 Gretsch 6120 1956 Gretsch Silver Jet 1968 Rickenbacker 360 1966 Rickenbacker 360-12 1961 Gibson ES-335 1967 Epiphone Casino 1957 Gibson ES-175 1953 Gibson Super 400 1959 Martin D-28 1970 Martin D 12-28 1967 Martin O-18 1966 Guild F212 1995 Gibson J-200 1935 Dobro Alumilite Danelectro 3021 Coral/Dano Electric Sitar Gibson Mastertone Banjo 1928 National Style 2 “Tricone?
|
![]() RME HDSP MADI 24/96 PCI Interface Price: 1,399.00 Retail Price: 1,749.00 RMEHDSPMADI Gigasonic The Hammerfall DSP MADI is RME's both inexpensive and outstanding PCI card with MADI interface. Hammerfall DSP MADI is based on the award-winning Hammerfall DSP technology, and represents the top model of this world-wide successful card line. MADI, the professionals' multi-channel audio interface, offers 64 channels of 24 bit audio at a sample rate of up to 48 kHz and 32 channels at up to 96 kHz. Transmission is done via a single line, either coaxial with BNC plugs or with fiber cable. In both cases more than 100 m cable length can be achieved. Hammerfall DSP is fully compatible to all devices with MADI interface. In combination with the ADI-648 an 8 x ADAT optical PC interface is realized, unbeatable in price and performance. Hammerfall DSP MADI offers full support for 56 and 64 channel modes and double and single wire technology (96k frame) for 96 kHz. Full 64 channel support can also be found in the hardware mixer TotalMix. All 64 inputs and 64 playback channels can be routed and mixed to 64 physical outputs completely freely, which translates to a 8192 channel mixer. With that, Hammerfall DSP MADI offers the most powerful router/mixer ever implemented on a PCI card, and allows much more than a usage as pure computer I/O unit: * MADI optical patchbay and router * MADI coaxial/optical or vice versa converter and splitter * MADI redistributor, patchbay and router Furthermore, the hardware delivers RMS and peak level meters for full control over 192 audio channels at minimal CPU load. As usual with RME, Hammerfall DSP MADI offers further sensible features. For instance an analog 24 bit 192 kHz line/headphone output with 110 dB dynamic range for direct control of all input and output signals. While most MADI-based devices require an additional word clock or AES line, the Hammerfall DSP MADI (like the ADI-648) uses SteadyClock to extract the reference clock at lowest jitter directly from the MADI signal, making long-distance connections even more convenient. The included expansion board carries word clock I/O (BNC) and MIDI I/O. The word clock input is galvanically isolated via transformer and operates on both single and double speed signals automatically. MIDI I/O offers 2 completely independent MIDI inputs and outputs via breakout cable (4 DIN sockets). A virtual MIDI port allows for a direct transmission of MIDI data over MADI. For the first time, RME uses a configuration memory for the most important settings of the card. Instead of operating in a default mode on computer power-up until loading the driver, Hammerfall DSP MADI activates the last used sample rate, master/slave configuration and MADI format immediately when switched on. This eliminates disturbing noises and clock network problems during power-up or re-boot of the computer. Included software: * HDSP Meter Bridge: Scalable level meter with Peak- and RMS calculation in hardware * DIGICheck 4.0 for Windows: Spectral Analyser, professional level meter for 2, 8, or 64 channels, Vector Audio Scope, various other audio analysis tools. * Drivers: Windows 2000/XP (full ASIO multi-client operation of MME, GSIF 2.0 and ASIO 2.0), Mac OS X (Core Audio and Core MIDI) Settings Dialog Just click on the hammer symbol in the systray of the taskbar and the settings dialog of the HDSP MADI comes up. The clear structured, easy to understand window plus the unique informative status windows for input signal, clock mode and sample rate make your work with Hammerfall DSP to a real pleasure. When working with several digital sources it is not only necessary to know if these are properly locked, but also if they are totally synchronized. RME's exclusive SyncCheck checks all input signals and displays their actual state, and thanks to our new Intelligent Clock Control concept you have all clocks and states under control - with ease. Hammerfall DSP MADI debuts SteadyClock a newly developed clock technology, combining professional features like maximum jitter suppression at full varipitch capabilities and software controlled sample rates. Up to 3 HDSP MADI can be used simultaneously. With this up to 192 inputs and 192 outputs are available at 48 kHz, 96 inputs and 96 outputs at 96 kHz, and 48 inputs and 48 outputs at 192 kHz. Features 8 buffer sizes/latencies available: 1.5 ms, 3 ms, 6 ms, 12 ms, 23 ms, 46 ms, 93 ms, 186 ms ASIO zero CPU load technology: 0 (zero!)% CPU load when using ALL 128 channels! All settings changeable in realtime Clock modes slave and master Automatic and intelligent master/slave clock control Enhanced Zero Latency Monitoring for latency-free submixes and perfect ASIO Direct Monitoring Sync sources: MADI coaxial, MADI optical, word clock, internal Varipitch: by input signal or word clock Sample rates: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, variable (Sync/word clock) Sample rate range: MADI: 32 kHz - 96 kHz, word clock: 27 kHz-105 Jitter: < 1 ns, internal and all inputs Jitter sensitivity: PLL operates even at 100 ns Jitter without problems Comes with DIGICheck: the ultimate measurement, analysis and test tool Input MADI optical, MADI coaxial (BNC), 2 x MIDI, word clock (BNC) Output MADI optical, MADI coaxial (BNC), 2 x MIDI, word clock (BNC), stereo analog line/phones Input word clock: BNC, Signal Adaptation Circuit (functional from 1.2 Vpp input signal), switchable termination Output word clock: BNC, low-impedance driver stage, 4 Vpp into 75 Ohms, short-circuit-proof MIDI input and output: via four 5-pin DIN jacks
|
![]() RME Fireface 800 Firewire Audio Interface Price: 1,399.00 Retail Price: 1,799.00 RMEFF800 Gigasonic The RME Fireface 800 is the world's most great FireWire audio interface. It can feature up to 192 kHz sample rate, up to 56 channels record/playback, and true FireWire 800 sum up to an unparalleled high-end, high performance and high speed FireWire audio interface. The Fireface 800 combines the latest and also recognized technologies of preceding RME products with the fastest FireWire technology. The Fireface 800 offers the best worked out instrument input that could ever be found in an audio interface, a high power headphone output and signal-to-noise ratios of 119 dBA - typically RME! Analog technology of the ADI-8 converters, microphone technology of QuadMic and OctaMic, TotalMix technology of the Hammerfall DSP series, years of experience in programming of efficient and reliable drivers, up to complete support from DIGICheck - only the best of the best, and even a bit more. When working with several digital sources it is not only necessary to know if these are properly locked, but also if they are totally synchronized. RME's exclusive SyncCheck checks all input signals and displays their actual state, and thanks to our new Intelligent Clock Control concept you have all clocks and states under control - with ease. A display of the time code at the ADAT Sync-In port offers a quick check of the communication between peripheral device and Hammerfall. Features ? • Input AD: 8 x 1/4 in. TRS, 4 x XLR Mic, 1/4 in. TRS Line, all servo-balanced. 1 x 1/4 in. TS unbalanced • Output DA: 8 x 1/4 in. TRS, servo-balanced, DC-coupled signal path. 1 x 1/4 in. TRS unbalanced • Input Digital: 2 x ADAT optical or SPDIF optical, SPDIF coaxial (AES/EBU compatible) • Output Digital: 2 x ADAT optical or SPDIF optical, SPDIF coaxial (AES/EBU compatible) • Dynamic range AD: 109 dB RMS unweighted, 112 dBA • THD AD: < -110 dB (< 0.00032 %) • THD+N AD: < -104 dB (< 0.00063 %) • Crosstalk AD: > 110 dB • Dynamic range DA: 116 dB RMS unweighted, 119 dBA (unmuted) • THD DA: < -103 dB (< 0.0007 %) • THD+N DA: < -100 dB (< 0.001 %) • Crosstalk DA: > 110 dB • Input/Output level for 0 dBFS @ Hi Gain: +19 dBu • Input/Output level for 0 dBFS @ +4 dBu: +13 dBu • Input/Output level for 0 dBFS @ -10 dBV: +2 dBV • Sample rate internally: 32, 44.1, 48, 64, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 128, 176.4, 192 kHz • Sample rate externally: 28 kHz - 200 kHz • Frequency response AD/DA, -0.1 dB: 5 Hz – 21.5 kHz (sf 48 kHz) • Frequency response AD/DA, -0.5 dB: < 5 Hz - 43.5 kHz (sf 96 kHz) • Frequency response AD/DA, -1 dB: < 5 Hz - 70 kHz (sf 192 kHz) Specifications ? Driver support Windows 2000 SP4 or Windows XP: Full ASIO multi-client operation of WDM, MME, GSIF 2.0 and ASIO 2.0. WDM (DirectSound) with stereo and multi-channel support. Full hot-plugging. Up to 3 units operational. Mac OS X (10.3. or up): Core Audio, Core MIDI. Up to 3 units operational.
|
![]() Sony PTHBUN1G2 Oxford Plug-In Price: 1,395.00 Retail Price: 1,595.00 sony-pthbun1g2 Gigasonic The Trio A Bundle for Pro Tools HD, contains three processors that are indispensable into today's production environment and brings two functionalities of the Oxford OXF-R3 console (EQ and dynamics) to the Pro Tools platform. The Oxford EQ plug-in is a fully functional 5-band application with selectable shelf settings on low and high frequency sections. Additionally, separate variable slope low pass and high pass filters are provided. The Oxford Dynamics plug-in offers separate compress, limit, expand, gate and side chain EQ functions, with full independent control of all parameters. Features such as selectable time constant curves and variable soft compress functions allow the user to tackle all common uses of compression, from subtle unobtrusive level control and mastering functions to the production of great artistic effects. The Oxford Inflator plug-in is a unique process that can provide an increase in the apparent loudness of almost any program, without obvious loss of quality or audible reduction of dynamic range, yet avoiding damaging increases in the peak level of the signal. The process can also bring power, presence and warmth to program material and even provide headroom overload margin above digital maximum with a subtlety and musical character reminiscent of tube systems. The HD version includes RTAS and Audiosuite formats in addition to the TDM version. Features ? Oxford OXF-R3 EQ Five band parametric design Selectable shelf settings on low and high frequency sections Low and high frequency filters provide up to 36dB/octave slope Four selectable EQ types Oxford Dynamics Channel dynamics with separately controlled sections for Compressor, Limiter, Gate and Expander Includes fully featured two-band side chain EQ which can also be used in the signal path Separate Bus Compressor / Limiter with surround multi-format support and selectable Sub channel filtering and gain contribution control Oxford Inflator Increases the loudness of almost any program material Creates warmth, character and dynamic excitement similar to that of analog systems Provides virtual headroom above digital maximum to allow percussive peaks to pass without causing signal overload
|
![]() Sony PTHBUN2G2 Oxford Plug-In Price: 1,395.00 Retail Price: 1,595.00 sony-pthbun2g Gigasonic The Oxford Trio B Bundle for Digisdesign's Pro Tools TDM systems contains three processors that are indispensable in today's production environment. It brings two functionalities of the Oxford OXF-R3 console (EQ and dynamics) to the Pro Tools platform along with a transient modulator. Purchasing the bundle offers significant cost savings compared to purchasing each of the plug-ins separately. The TDM version includes RTAS and Audiosuite formats in addition to the TDM version Features ? Oxford EQ Fully functional 5-band application with selectable shelf settings on low and high frequency sections. Additionally, separate variable slope low pass and high pass filters are provided. Oxford Dynamics Offers separate compress, limit, expand, gate and side chain EQ functions, with full independent control of all parameters. Features such as selectable time constant curves and variable soft compress functions allow the user to tackle all common uses of compression, from subtle unobtrusive level control and mastering functions to the production of great artistic effects. Oxford Transient Modulator Allows the dynamic level of signals to be modified by manipulating the transients in the program material over time. The effect is to bring transient events in the program forwards, or push them into to the background
|
![]() PreSonus DigiMAX 96k Microphone Preamp Price: 1,329.00 Retail Price: 1,699.00 PRSDIGIMAX Gigasonic 8-Channel Mic Pre with Digital Outputs! The DigiMAX 96k is the preamp for your digital studio! PreSonus created the DigiMAX 96k exclusively to meet the demands of the professional digital studio, and the results are nothing short of stunning. DigiMAX 96k features eight channels of pristine mic preamplification plus limiting and EQ Enhancement, AND 24-bit/96kHz digital output in ADAT, AES, and S/PDIF formats. PreSonus DigiMAX 96k Mic Preamplifier at a Glance: High-quality 8-channel preamp Digital I/O connections for virtually any digital gear Transparent limiting plus EQ Enhance for channel strip-style control High-quality 8-channel mic preamp For the DigiMAX 96k, PreSonus started with the same design as the MP20, M80 and VXP: Class A discrete input buffers followed by a dual-servo gain stage giving you 60dB of preamp gain with 52dB of headroom. The DigiMAX 96k is electronically balanced and features phase reverse on the first two channels, as well as a 20dB pad and selectable 48-volt phantom power on each channel. Digital I/O connections for virtually any digital gear The DigiMAX 96k seamlessly fits into any digital recording situation. The DigiMAX 96k is the perfect front-end for your desktop or laptop DAW as well as adding mic pres to digital mixers and sound cards. It features more I/O options than any mic pre on the planet! In addition to the eight XLR mic inputs and two 1/4" instrument inputs, the DigiMAX 96k features eight balanced TRS analog outputs plus a 24-bit ADAT lightpipe output AND four stereo RCA SPDIF digital outputs (Unit ships in AES/EBU mode, breakout cable not included). And here's the best part about the DigiMAX 96k - all these outputs work simultaneously! Use the ADAT lightpipe outputs to feed your recorder's digital inputs while you send an identical signal to a FOH console via the TRS analog outputs. Bye, bye latency! Use the TRS analog outputs to monitor tracks while you send the Lightpipe to your sound card or a standalone computer interface like the MOTU 2408 or Digidesign Digi 002. The DigiMAX 96k is an instant mixer beefer-upper! Add high gain/low noise quality mic pres to your digital console using either Lightpipe, AES/EBU, S/PDIF, or analog TRS outputs. Transparent limiting plus EQ Enhance for channel strip-style control What makes a limiter musical? Typically, most limiters use peak detection which actually clips the signal and can produce nasty artifacts. RMS detection, though commonly used with most compressors, has the drawback of not being fast enough to catch extremely fast transients. The DigiMAX 96k uses both RMS and Peak detection to give you the best of both worlds. The DigiMAX 96k employs an RMS-style compressor with a high ratio while the peak portion is used only to protect the input of the A/D converter from clipping. The end result? The DigiMAX 96k gives you fast, musical, natural limiting, able to catch anything you throw at it. Features ? 8-Channel mic preamp with built-in limiter and EQ Enhance 44.1, 48, 88.2 and 96kHz sample rates Ultra-wide dynamic range Low-noise operating levels Dual-domain limiter on every channel EQ Enhance on every channel -20dB pad on every channel 48-volt phantom power on every channel Instrument input on channels one and two Phase reverse on channels one and two Eight 24-bit A/D converters ADAT Lightpipe output S/PDIF outputs AES/EBU outputs 1/4 TRS balanced analog outputs BNC Word Clock I/O for sync Specifications ? Input Number of Channels : Eight Input Impedance, XLR Input : 1.3k Ohms Input Impedance, 1/4"" Instrument Input : 1M Ohms Connectors : Eight XLR, Two 1/4"" Instrument Inputs on Channel One and Two Panel Controls Gain : 0dB to +40dB Limiter : 0dB to Off Phase Reverse (Channel One and Two Only) : On/Off EQ Enhance Button : On/Off Meters Signal Present LED : -20dBu Clip LED : +22dBu Limit LED : Limiter Active Output 1/4"" TRS Impedance Balanced : 51 Ohms ADAT?LightPipe Digital Optical : 24-bit AES/EBU (4 Pair, Stereo) : 24-bit S/PDIF (4 Pair, Stereo) : 24-bit Digital Sampling Rates : 44.1, 48, 88.2 and 96kHz Performance THD + Noise (Unweighted) : 0.009% Noise Floor : -94dBu Signal to Noise : >98dB Analog Dynamic Range : >120dB Power Supply Rejection : >98dB Amplifier Type : Dual Servo Power Supply Type : Linear, External Power : 80 Watts Input : 100/120/220/240V AC (Factory Configured) Physical Size : 1U Rack Dimensions : 19"" W x 1.75"" H x 7"" D Weight : 15 lbs. Chassis : Steel Panel : Aluminum "
|
![]() Sony VPL-CS20A Multimedia Projector Price: 1,313.00 Retail Price: 1,799.00 Sony-vpl-cs20a Gigasonic Ultra-Portable Business Projector, Ideal for Field Sales Staff and Others Always on the Move. The VPL-CS20A features high portability, Automatic Setup, High Brightness and Anti-theft functions. Features ? 2000 ANSI lumens (High lamp mode) 1500 ANSI lumens (Std lamp mode) Native SVGA Resolution (800 x 600) Accepts Computer Signals up to SXGA 40 to 300-inch sceen size (viewable area measured diagonally) *Auto Focus adjusts to 150-inches Short Focal-Length Lens with Power Focus and Power Zoom Weighs approx. 4.2 lbs (1.9 kg) UHP Lamp with Selectable Wattage: 165W (High mode) / 125W (Std mode) UHP Lamp Intelligent Auto Setup: Powered lens Protector, Powered Tilt Adjuster, Auto Keystone Correction, Auto Focus, Auto Input Search & Smart APA OFF&GO Freeze Function 4x Digital Zoom 2-pole AC Power Cord - Means no bulky transformer to carry. Anti-Theft Features: Password-Authentication System, Control Panel Key Lock, Security Lock 15 Language On-Screen Display Specifications ? Projection System: 3 LCD panels, 1 lens projection system Panel: 0.63-inch SVGA LCD panel Video Resolution: 600TV lines Acceptable Video Signals: 15kHz RGB/Component 50/60Hz, Progressive Component 50/60Hz, DTV (480/60i, 575/50i, 480/60p, 575/50p,540/60p, 720/60p, 720/50p, 1080/60i, 1080/50i), Composite Video, Y/C Video Speaker: Mono, Max 1W x 1 Power Requirements: AC 100 to 240V, 2.2 - 1.0A, 50/60Hz
|
![]() RME ADI-192 DD Converter Price: 1,299.00 Retail Price: 1,599.00 RMEADI192 Gigasonic The ADI-192 DD is the successor to the highly successful ADI-8 DD. The completely re-engineered device was designed to be the best format and sample rate converter ever. Hence the ADI-192 DD not only features considerable improvements compared to the ADI-8 DD, but also adds a number of new and unique features. Supports 192 kHz with ADAT, TDIF und AES 8-channel sample rate conversion up to 192kHz Sample Rate Conversion can be selected for AES, TDIF or ADAT Sample Rate Conversion supports levels of up to +6 dBFS 8-channel Sample Rate Conversion without phase deviation (sub-sample synchronous) SteadyClock for maximum jitter suppression and clock regeneration Complete triple format converter AES/TDIF/ADAT with added SPDIF TOSLINK I/O Direct support for Double and Quad Wire, S/MUX and Double/Quad Line Also when using SRC Special TDIF word clock output Simplified and easy-to-use user interface TOUR DE ADI The unit consists of three 8-channel format converters with 24 bit audio resolution. The three output formats ADAT, TDIF and AES independently access the same three input formats. Thanks to free selection of inputs, signals can be copied and distributed between all connected devices - without the need to change any cables. Four XLR AES/EBU inputs and outputs each, and two ADAT and TDIF inputs and outputs allow full 8-channel operation even at 96 kHz / 24 bit. At 192 kHz, there are eight AES channels and four ADAT and TDIF channels. Switchable 24/192 kHz sample rate converters allow 8-channel conversion and clock decoupling of the highest quality. Due to the unlimited input selection, the unit not only transfers data to the same output format, but can i.e. also be operated as quad AES/EBU sample rate converter. Applications include: AES/EBU frontend for RME's digital I/O-cards (with ADAT optical I/O) TDIF frontend for RME's digital I/O-cards (with ADAT optical I/O) AES and ADAT frontend for DTRS machines 8-channel AES, TDIF and ADAT input and output for digital mixers with ADAT/TDIF port Operation of four SPDIF or AES devices with different sample rates in any digital audio network 48 LEDs clearly display the current status of the incoming and outgoing signals and the processing performed within the unit. The SyncCheck technology known from other RME devices indicates whether the input signal is locked and whether all inputs are sychronized. The AES output signal can be given a consumer or professional status. The first AES output (channels 1/2) is also available as optical TOSLINK. Professionals will love the fact that the ADI-192 DD supports S/MUX, Double/Quad Wire and Double/Quad Line, making it compatible with all methods of increasing sample rates by splitting/distributing samples on all platforms. The unit can also convert between these formats, even along with SRC. If more than 8 channels are required, several units can be cascaded and synchronized sample-accurately by word clock. The ADI-192 DD also features an automatic distribution mode. If only one of the four AES inputs is used, the device will copy these two channels to the other three AES outputs. If only one ADAT or TDIF input is used, the second ADAT or TDIF output will carry an identical signal, which can be fed to another ADAT or TDIF device. This also works from ADAT to TDIF or vice versa. RME's SteadyClock™guarantees excellent clock quality in every situation. Due to the highly efficient jitter reduction, any clock signal can be improved and refreshed, and subsequently be used as reference clock at the word clock output. Intelligent Clock Control (ICC) will retain the last valid sample frequency in case of a loss of the input signal. All settings are retained when the device is switched off. CONCLUSION The ADI-192 DD is the all-in-one solution for every application of format and sample rate conversion, from 2 to 8 channels. Its flexibility is unsurpassed and the price/performance ratio is simply sensational. Features Input AES/EBU: 4 x XLR, electrically isolated, highly sensitive input stage (< 0.3 Vpp), SPDIF compatible Output AES/EBU: 4 x XLR, transformer balanced, 5 Vpp Input ADAT optical: 2 x TOSLINK, 24 bit, Bitclock PLL Output ADAT optical: 2 x TOSLINK, 24 bit Input/Output TDIF: 2 x D-type 25 pin, 24 bit Input word clock: BNC, Signal Adaptation Circuit (functional from 1.2 Vpp) Output word clock: BNC, low impedance driver stage, 4 Vpp into 75 Ohms, short-circuit-proof Sync sources: ADAT optical input, AES/EBU input, TDIF input, word clock input Varipitch: by input signal or word clock Sample frequencies: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 176.4 kHz, 192 kHz, variable (sync/word clock) Sample rate range: AES, word clock: 27 kHz-200 kHz, ADAT/TDIF 33 kHz - 57 kHz Jitter: Internal clock < 1 ns, external clocks < 1 ns Jitter sensitivity: all PLLs operate error-free even at 40 ns Jitter suppression: >30 dB (2.4 kHz) SRC dynamic ratio: 138 dBA SRC THD+N: < -136 dB Sample rate ratio: max. 6:1 / 1:6 Power supply: Internal switching mode PS, 100V - 240V AC, 20 Watt Dimensions: (WxHxD) 483 x 44 x 200 mm
|
![]() Casio AP80R 88-key Scaled Hammer Action Keyboard Price: 1,299.00 Retail Price: 2,999.00 CASIAP80R Gigasonic The Casio AP-80R Digital Piano is an 'ensemble' digital piano with a large library of built-in songs, tones, and rhythms - plus a microphone input for a great sing-along feature including a large LCD for lyrics. The AP-80R is an impressive furniture-style 88-key, weighted digital piano that has a lot more than "piano" under its sleeve. This piano provides a complete orchestra to your living room, 88 scaled hammer-action keys with 3-level touch response will make acoustic players feel at home. As a piano, the AP-80R fills all of the needs. True Stereo Sampling give you amazingly realistic tones. A unique jog-dial interface and a large LCD makes navigating advanced features easy. The dual-element HL Sound Source and 32-note polyphony deliver powerfully realistic reproduction of the 256 tones. It also has 120 rhythms, split/layer finctions, auto-harmonize, 8 digital effects, auto-accompaniment, 80 songs, lesson function, 2 track sequencer, tuning control, key transpose, metronome, SmartMedia card slot, general MIDI tones, and a USB port for downloading more tones and songs. The AP80R is an exciting new digital piano that keeps you coming back to the piano bench. High-quality stereo sounds, a smooth weighted keyboard, smart looks, and plenty of hi-tech features make it one of the best values in its class. Features ? Dual-element HL Sound Source 32-note polyphony 256 built-in tones (120 panel tones, 128 GM tones, 8 drum sets) 120 rhythms (including 20 rhythms for piano play) Split / Layer capability Auto-harmonize 8 digital effects (4 reverbs, 4 choruses) Auto-accompaniment Registration set-ups (16 set-ups) One touch preset function (120 presets) 80 built-in tunes Song expansion ?storage for up to 10 songs transferred from a computer; approximately 174KB maximum user area Song controller Lesson function: melody on/off, part cut Song memory / Song Sequencer ?2 tracks x 2 songs Tuning control and key transpose Metronome SmartMedia?card slot Large, backlit LCD display shows tone name, rhythm name, tune name, settings, and more General MIDI USB port Specifications ? Rhythm/song controller MIDI (16-channel multi-timbre receive) GM level 1 compatible Pedals: damper soft sostenuto Terminals: headphones X 2 LINE OUT (L/MONO R) MIC IN MIDI IN/OUT USB Speakers: 16cm X 2 5cm X 2 (amplifier: 20W + 20W) Size (W XD X H): 1381 X 477 X 846mm Weight: 54.0kg Slide type keyboard cover Comes with score book and CD-ROM (USB driver)
|
![]() Sony LMD-2010 LCD Monitor Price: 1,290.00 Retail Price: 1,465.00 sony-lmd-2010 Gigasonic The Sony LMD-2010 is a 20-inch LCD professional video monitor ideally suited for analog standard definition applications. The all-in-one design incorporates the control buttons, the input and output connectors as well as the monitor stand in one piece package. This allows for a slim, light and compact monitor solution. Using the hhighest technology the monitor offers a picture with high contrast and a wide viewing angle. The VGA panel provides an accurate translation of interlaced to progressive signals. The back of the LCD has a VESA standard mount with 100 mm pattern allowing simple installation by using a wall mount hanger or arm stand. Features ? For Standard Definition Projects The Luma LMD-2010 exists for standard definition production at its highest analog levels. The unit comes complete with the 3-BNC connectors for Component Video input. It also provides S-Video, Composite Video and RGB data stream inputs (sharing the Component Video connectors) as standard. LUMA Professional LCD Series The LMD-2010 is designed for broadcast and multimedia applications where performance and reliability are critical. It offers the significant breakthroughs in flat screen display technology that the LUMA series represents. Luma monitors have extended lifespans over conventional LCD panels as well as consuming less power. Ecologically Friendly Generally speaking, LCD monitors utilize lower levels of heavy metals and other hazardous materials designated as hazardous waste by European Union standards. Conventional CRT monitors with their lead glass content have far greater long term environmental impact. Sony is adapting to the EU hazardous waste initiative. Specifications ? Video System: NTSC and PAL Systems Application: Studio, Display LCD Size: 20 Inch diagonal Picture Elements 640 Horizontal x 480 Vertical Dots VGA Computer Resolution Input and Output Connectors Analog Component- 3-BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Y/C Video- 2-BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Composite Video- BNC (x 2 input, 2 output) Audio- Pin Jack (x 3 input, 3 output) Remote- 8-Pin Modular (x 1) Picture Calibration Color Off Auto Chroma/Phase Set Remote Control: 8-Pin Power Requirements: 100 to 240 Volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz Power Consumption: 86 Watts Dimensions (WxHxD) 18.5 x 15.5 x 3.375 Inches 470 x 394 x 87 mm Dimsnsions Without Stand Weight 17.6 Lbs. 8.0 Kg
|
![]() Sony LMD-1420 LCD Monitor Price: 1,289.00 Retail Price: 1,495.00 sony-lmd-1420 Gigasonic The LMD1420 is a 14-inch LCD Professional Video Monitor ideally suited for standard definition applications. The all-in-one design incorporates the control buttons, I/O board as well as the monitor stand in one design package. This allows for a slim, light and compact monitor solution. By employing the latest 640x480 dot VGA LCD panel, the monitor offers a picture with high contrast and a wide viewing angle. The VGA panel provides an accurate translation of interlaced to progressive signals. The back of the LCD has a VESA standard mount with 100mm pattern allowing simple installation by using a wall mount hanger or arm stand. The LMD-1420 also features an anti-reflection protection panel, Blue Only mode, safety marker, 4:3 zoom, external sync, tally mode and an optional SDI input adaptor, BKM320D. Features LUMA Professional LCD Series The LMD-1410 is designed for broadcast and multimedia applications where performance and reliability are critical. It offers the significant breakthroughs in flat screen display technology that the LUMA series represents. Luma monitors have extended lifespans over conventional LCDs as well as lower power consumption. Ecologically Friendly Generally speaking, LCD monitors utilize lower levels of heavy metals and other hazardous materials designated as hazardous waste by European Union standards. Conventional CRT monitors with their lead glass content have far greater long term environmental impact. Sony is adapting to EU hazardous waste initiative. Specifications ?/td> Video System: NTSC and PAL Systems Application: Studio, Display LCD Size: 14 Inch diagonal Picture Elements 640 Horizontal x 480 Vertical Dots For VGA Resolution Input and Output Connectors SDI Video- Optional with BKM-320D provides BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Analog Component- 3-BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Y/C Video- 2-BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Composite Video- BNC (x 1 input, 1 output) Audio- Stereo Mini (x 1 input, 1 output) Sync- BNC (x 1 input only) Picture Calibration Color Off Blue Only Auto Chroma/Phase Set Remote Control: 8-Pin Power Requirements: 100 to 240 Volts AC, 50 or 60 Hz Power Consumption: 50 Watts Dimensions (WxHxD) 13.5 x 12 x 3.375 Inches 343 x 304 x 87 mm Dimensions Without Stand Weight 11 Lbs. 7 Oz. 5.2 Kg
|
![]() Steinberg Nuendo 3 Audio Workstation Software (EDU) Price: 1,250.00 Retail Price: 2,499.99 502027310 Gigasonic Evolved Audio Production! Nuendo3 is the latest, groundbreaking version of Steinberg's well-known Media Production System, tailored to meet the high-performance demands of pros working in post production, recording, mixing, editing and surround. Functionally comprehensive but comfortably ergonomic, Nuendo3 puts your needs first, and offers you not only the advanced tools you require, but also puts them at your disposal in a away that supports workflow efficiency and enhances your ingenuity. You need to interface with other audio or video systems; Nuendo3 gives you the open, flexible technologies that make this as smooth as possible. Steinberg Nuendo 3 at a Glance: Flexible multichannel monitoring and mixing options. Professional recording environment. Post Production dream come true application. Works seamlessly with supported Yamaha mixers. Surround Mixing: Nuendo 3 offers elastic new monitoring options, with both after and pre-fader listen modes available on the new Audition Channel, allowing instant checking of any audio channel while leaving the signal routed to the main output mix bus untouched. The new MixConvert plug-in included in Nuendo 3 automatically detects the configuration of the channel it's inserted on, and allows instant checking of a mix in other formats - including quick and easy checking for mono compatibility. Wet effect signals are seamlessly incorporated into surround mixes since panners on mono or stereo effect plug-ins routed to surround busses are now directly controllable from the surround panner for that channel. Recording: Real-time Audio Warp time-stretching and pitch shifting technology allows immediate remolding of audio material to energetically adapt to your project tempo in real-time, and offers lightning fast, great quality drum timing correction. The Extended Freeze functionality allows you to free up precious CPU and RAM resources by rendering effect plug-ins and audio channels, including insert effects, with roaring speed. The built-in 10-minute Pre-Record function records any audio routed to the Nuendo 3 software in the background, without having to press record. Post Production: New media management tools allow you to easily manage immense audio file libraries, including the ability to provide batch function naming of files, file categorization, and extended file search functionality. Nuendo-3 also provides support for Pinnacle's X-Send protocol, integrating effortlessly with Pinnacle’s Liquid video editing applications, enabling you to take projects completed in these video editors to be opened directly in Nuendo, ready for audio post production. The Nuendo-3 "Warp to Picture" function lets you sync your audio material to video by time-stretching the audio in real-time to fit the picture. Hardware Integration: Nuendo3 features a new external effects plug-in function that lets you flawlessly incorporate your outboard effects equipment along with latency compensation of external effects hardware. Integrating your outboard effects kit into your Nuendo projects has never been easier. The new Device Panels feature also allows you to create graphical interface modules that control any equipment that supports the MIDI standard you have connected to Nuendo - 3 and it has already been integrated with Studio Connections Total Recall technology developed by Steinberg and Yamaha, giving you outstanding integration to Yamaha audio hardware such as the DM2000, DM1000, 02r96 and 01x digital mixers. Features Support of ASIO, MME, DirectX, mLAN and CoreAudio Optimized multithreading: unlimited amount of processors supported,processor load is dynamically spread over all processors Support of Intel Hyperthreading Technology Timeline Formats: Timecode, Feet:Frames (16mm, 35mm), Seconds, Samples, Bars and Beats Multiple timelines showing various formats at once 1 user definable frame rate Complete user configurable software environment: unused menu entries can be hidden, key commands can be disabled, preferences, key commands and the menu structure can be stored and recalled. Configurable Track Controls and Toolbars User configurable project templates store windows settings, layouts, track heights/sizes, project settings, channel settings, plug-ins and their parameters as well as folders and files in the pool Workspaces for managing window sets or entire desktops 2nd track list for non scrolling tracks Color coding for all tracks and mixer channels, including a new color tool, expanded color palette, view/hide button and more Device Maps and Device Panels provide access to external MIDI equipment (synthesizers, signal processors, digital mixers, etc.) as well as access to internal plug-in parameters User Panel for Track Inspector allows access to sections of Device Panels or specially designed user panels User-definable channel strip in VST mixer as part of Device Panel integration Integration of Yamaha Studio Manager 2 (Studio Connections open standard) to access compatible hardware editors, edit and manage devices, and save/recall settings with Nuendo projects (Total Recall)
|
![]() Sony PCSOX1G2 Oxford Plug-In Price: 1,249.99 Retail Price: 1,359.00 sony-pcsox1g2 Gigasonic The Oxford S-Ox Box for tc electronic's PowerCore Processors contains four processors that are indispensable in today's production environment. It brings two functionalities of the Oxford OXF-R3 console (EQ and dynamics) to the Pro Tools platform along with a loudness maximizer and transient modulator. Purchasing the bundle offers significant cost savings compared to purchasing each of the plug-ins separately. The PowerCore version includes VST and Audio Units formats of the plug-in that require PowerCore DSP to function. Features ? Oxford EQ Fully functional 5-band application with selectable shelf settings on low and high frequency sections. Additionally, separate variable slope low pass and high pass filters are provided. Oxford Dynamics Offers separate compress, limit, expand, gate and side chain EQ functions, with full independent control of all parameters. Features such as selectable time constant curves and variable soft compress functions allow the user to tackle all common uses of compression, from subtle unobtrusive level control and mastering functions to the production of great artistic effects. Oxford Inflator Provides a unique process that can provide an increase in the apparent loudness of almost any program, without obvious loss of quality or audible reduction of dynamic range, yet avoiding damaging increases in the peak level of the signal. The process can also bring power, presence and warmth to program material and even provide headroom overload margin above digital maximum with a subtlety and musical character reminiscent of tube systems. Oxford Transient Modulator Allows the dynamic level of signals to be modified by manipulating the transients in the program material over time. The effect is to bring transient events in the program forwards, or push them into to the background
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Bass Guitar - Sunburst Price: 1,249.99 Retail Price: 1,749.00 99-483-0105 Gigasonic The Line 6 Variax Bass is a digital modeling instrument using Line 6 technology to bring you 24 exciting bass sounds ranging from vintage instruments to modern classics, acoustic basses and synth sounds. The Variax Bass works with any and all bass amp equipment and processors that a standard bass works with. The proprietary output from the RJ-45 jack on the bass adds new levels of performance when connected to a Line 6 Vetta or future Line 6 products with this exclusive digital input. 24 models are available in the Variax Bass 700. All the classic Rock basses are here along with modern masterpieces, upright, acoustic bass guitar, fretless and synth models. The Variax Bass includes a special box that serves several functions. It supplies power directly to the Bass through the included TRS 1/4?cable. It also provides simultaneous 1/4?unbalanced output and XLR direct output (for connection to a mixing console or for recording). A ground lift switch and line/mic XLR output selector switch are also provided Features ? Practical, instantly familiar controls Contoured Alder body Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard 21 medium profile frets 34 in. scale length 10 in. fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar cable output jack Digital I/O RJ45 jack for future updates and additional sounds Included XPS-DI direct box and power supply features: 1/4 in. standard guitar cable output for connection to any bass rig XLR balanced output for sending signal to a recording console or house PA Powers the Variax Bass using included TRS cable Powered by XPS-DI or on-board batteries (6 x AA or 1 x 9-volt) Custom-fitted heavy-duty gig bag Available in Black or Sunburst Master Volume -- Green/Red Select Even a control as simple as volume offers you more on Variax Bass. When you press the Volume knob down, the light near the Model Select knob changes color from green (first model) to red (second variation). Model Select Its primary function is in choosing the active instrument model. Rotate the knob to choose from the 12 positions, and that handy indicator light will be lighting up the knob so you'll even be able to see what you're doing on a dark stage. Each position actually contains 2 models, just push the Volume knob to select between them. Blend -- Pickup Position -- Mic Position Most of the basses Line 6 modeled have 2 pickups. Instead of providing individual volume controls for each pickup, they've taken the more modern approach of a master Volume and Blend. Rotate the Blend fully clockwise for just the bridge pickup, and fully counterclockwise for just the neck pickup. At the center detent, you get equal amounts of both pickups. Everything in-between is a blend of the 2. Several of the modeled basses have only a single pickup. Ordinarily this doesn't give you much pickup variation, but the Variax Bass is no ordinary instrument. At the center detent, you can hear the pickup in the “stock?position. Rotate the control clockwise to move the pickup closer to the bridge, and counterclockwise to move the pickup closer to the neck. Welcome to the future, my friend. For the acoustic instruments, the Blend control lets you change the position of the modeled microphone. Rotate the control clockwise to bring the mic closer, counterclockwise to pull the mic out for more ambience. Tone The Variax Bass Tone control is split into 2 separate knobs. The smaller knob on top controls Treble and the large one on the bottom controls Bass. For models based on passive basses, the center detent on the Treble represents 10 on the modeled instrument. Rotating counterclockwise gives you the same results as turning down the passive control. If you rotate clockwise from the detent, you get a treble boost of the modeled instrument. Since passive basses don't typically have a Bass control, putting this control at center detent makes no modification to the modeled instrument sound. For those of you who prefer enhanced to natural, rotating clockwise boosts bass frequencies, and rotating counterclockwise cuts them. For models based on active basses, the behavior of the tone controls are based on those of the modeled instrument. Saving the Perfect Setup To really take advantage of the sonic capabilities of the Variax Bass when performing, you'll want each instrument model to be set up for your specific needs and preferences. Use the Customize function of Variax Bass's model knob to get all 24 models sounding just the way you want. Once you've tweaked these settings to perfection, just press the Model Select knob down and hold for a few seconds until the indicator light shines solid green or red. That's it. Now every time you call up that model, it's set up just the way you like it. Direct to House PA and Stage Rig with the XPS-DI Variax Bass 700 comes with the XPS-DI unit. This professional direct box gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and standard 1/4-inch output. No additional DI box is required! Now you can get a clean, balanced signal straight to the house PA and to an amp rig on stage without carrying around any extra gear. But that's not all. The XPS-DI can even power the Variax bass. What is the XPS-DI? The XPS-DI is a professional direct box that gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and 1/4-inch output. Use a standard XLR/mic cable to connect the XPS-DI's XLR output to feed any balanced input. No additional DI box is required! You even get Level and Ground Lift switches on the front panel of the XPS-DI to match the output level to the kind of device you're driving. The XPS-DI can also power the Variax Bass. Use the included TRS (Tip-Ring-Sleeve/Stereo) cable to connect the Variax Bass to the Input jack of the XPS-DI. Use a standard mono guitar or bass cable to connect the 1/4 in. output of the XPS-DI to any standard bass amp rig. There are many occasions when you'll want to skip the amp and send your signal straight to a mixer. No problem: Use a standard XLR/mic cable to connect the XPS-DI's XLR output to feed any balanced input. No additional DI box is required. Use the Level switch on the front panel of the XPS-DI to match the output level to the kind of device you're driving.
|
![]() Line 6 HD147 Stereo Guitar Amplifier Head Price: 1,249.99 Retail Price: 1,749.00 99-020-0515 Gigasonic Experience the evolution of modern amp design with the new HD-147. Line 6's crack team of shredder amp and sound designers altered the basic building blocks of coveted vintage and modern tube amps to get 14 truly evolved custom Line 6 amp models. Like kids with comic book heroes, they took the best attributes of every great high gain amp to build a super-amp that would rule them all. Their creaHDtion, the HD 147, offers obscene tone, ranging from ass-kicking chunks, to sparkly cleans, an insane amount of power that cuts through any band with ease. Combined with speed and articulation, the HD 147 translates every shred, lick and riff with power and clarity. Additionally, the HD 147 provides coveted tone for days with 10 essential modern amp models and 8 inspired vintage models you've come to know and love. This overpowered current feedback amplifier offers thunk 'n fast low end, incredible articulation with headroom for days. All this encased in a beautiful chrome chassis that conveys both the sheer power and elegance of this amplifier. Why the name HD 147? Well, 147 dB is the level at which your inner ear implodes! This baby is loud! The HD 147 pushes 300 watts stereo into 4,8 or 16 ohm cabinets. It is blistering loud. That would be the same volume as 2 x 100W Marshall heads. Your neighbors are gonna be pissed off! Features ? Evolved Tone Coveted Vintage Amp Models 10 Essential Modern Tones 14 "Other Worldly" Custom Tones from crystal clean to grinding mayhem Mix and Match cabinet models Award-winning amp tone available at the stereo XLR direct outputs Obscenely loud 300-watt Stereo Current Based Power Amp Thick 'n' Fast Low End Headroom for Days Premium Effects 12 Vintage effect models based on award-winning Line 6 Delay and Modulation Modeler Pedals Connectivity MIDI compatibility allowing access to deep editing and the ToneTransfer Library (coming soon)
|
![]() M-Audio ProjectMix I/O and Live 5 Studio Bundle Price: 1,249.00 Retail Price: 1,599.95 9900-41632-00 Gigasonic ProjectMix I/O's combination of a motorized control surface and 18 x 14 audio interface is the perfect match for Ableton Live 5—the renowned software that lets you create, record and perform in real time like no other music software. In fact, they work seamlessly and intuitively together. Easily assign software tracks to hardware I/O and channel strips. Tweak plug-in parameters displayed automatically on the LCD screen. Improvise songs right from ProjectMix I/O's controls, including prelistening to loops and samples via headphones. And access your custom Live control mappings with the press of a button. Together, Ableton Live 5 and ProjectMix I/O form a complete studio. Available for a limited time only. Features ?/td> ProjectMix I/O control features 8 touch-sensitive motorized channel faders 1 touch-sensitive motorized master fader 8 assignable rotary encoders and large LCD for channel or plug-in functions record enable, select, solo and mute buttons on each channel channel +/- and bank +/- keys illuminated transport controls for record, play, stop, fast forward and rewind jog/scrub wheel with mode switch zoom key with 4 directional keys dedicated keys for in/out points, locate, region nudge, loop and more A/B headphone source switch for cue auditioning function LED display for each channel ProjectMix I/O connectivity features 8 analog mic/line inputs (1/4?TRS and XLR balanced) each with signal/peak indicators and mic/line switch 4 analog outputs (1/4?TRS balanced) ADAT Lightpipe I/O front panel instrument input (1/4?TS) switchable for input 1 S/PDIF digital I/O 1 x 1 MIDI I/O with activity LEDs FireWire (IEEE 1394) connectivity word clock I/O (BNC) phantom power 2 stereo headphone outputs (1/4?TRS) with independent level controls Kensington lock port compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7, Ableton Live 5^, Logic*, Cubase*, Digital Performer*^ and SONAR*^. Live 5 standard features: completely real-time audio/MIDI production—compose, record, arrange and mix without ever hitting the Stop button integrate audio clips of different tempos and pitches into new compositions change tempo and pitch of your composition independently on the fly clip envelopes allow endless variations on loops proprietary time-stretching algorithms yield exceptional flexibility and fidelity optionally quantize your audio recordings/performances in real-time edit all aspects of a performance to perfection after the fact privately audition candidate audio from disk while the main mix continues DJ-like crossfading record unlimited takes on unlimited tracks great built-in effects complete with automation includes virtual instruments simple interface for fluid creativity expandable via VST and ReWire support compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7 new in Live 5: MP3 support makes your entire music library accessible in Live logs imported song tempo for instant synchronization to project tempo frequency-domain warping optimized for composite signals such as mixed-down music clip transport for looping, editing and shuffling any clip on the fly clip freeze frees up CPU power and eases project transfer automatic plug-in delay compensation; manual track delay settings set and jump to arrangement locators complete with quantization Mackie Control support for use with control surfaces such as ProjectMix I/O clip export for easy retrieval and reuse in any project improved Browser including search, set merging and preset management device groups for multi-effects in Simpler, Impulse and Operator presets Beat Repeat audio effect reorganizes beats for endless variations phaser and flanger effects with beat-synced LFO beat-synced auto-pan effect Saturator variable distortion effect arpeggiator with both new and classic modes count-in recording right-click context menus change settings in multiple clips at once resize tracks in Session view Live Clips sound library new preset library for all Live devices new and improved Live lessons Simpler now includes independent envelopes for filter, pitch and more Specifications ?/td> Compatibility Pro Tools M-Powered 7^ or greater All Pro Tools systems (MIDI control only) Ableton Live 5 (version 5.02 or greater) Logic* (version 7.1.1 or greater) Cubase* (version 3.1 or greater) Digital Performer*^ (version 4.6 or greater) SONAR*^ (version 4.02 or greater) ASIO 2 GSIF 2 Core Audio DirectX Minimum System Requirements(PC) Pentium 3 ?800MHz or higher (may be higher for laptops) 512 MB RAM recommended Windows XP (SP2) DirectX 9.0c or higher Windows-compatible sound card Available FireWire port or FireWire expansion card Minimum System Requirements(MAC) Macintosh G3 800MHz or G4 733MHz higher (may be higher for laptops) 512MB RAM recommended Mac OS X 10.3.9 / 10.4.2 Available FireWire port or FireWire expansion card
|
![]() M-Audio Project Mix I/O Control Surface Price: 1,249.00 Retail Price: 1,599.00 9910-40742-00 Gigasonic Now a day's more professional music is produced at home than ever before - and the new Project Mix I/O delivers what you need to take your computer-based studio and productions to the next level. Seamless integration with all major DAW software is an added feature. The ability to record directly into industry-standard Pro Tools sessions. You can feel the mix with your fingertips instead of dragging a mouse. On-board display of critical parameters for an innate operation and professional multi-channel I/O including mic/instrument preamps, Lightpipe and S/PDIF. Project Mix I/O is the universal solution that combines the best of the hardware and software worlds for a new standard in streamlined production. Compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7, Ableton Live 5**, Logic*, Cubase*/**, Digital Performer*/** and SONAR*/**. * DAW software version must support Mackie Control, Logic Control or HUI protocol. ** Support provided after product launch via free downloadable firmware upgrade Features Record audio directly into Pro Tools M-Powered (not included)-industry-standard format Use with Pro Tools M-Powered, Live, Logic, Cubase, Digital Performer and SONAR -total compatibility 10-bit touch-sensitive motorized faders - totally intuitive mixing and editing Built-in 18 x 14 FireWire audio interface - no additional hardware required 8 phantom-powered mic/line preamps -pro input right on board Assignable rotary encoders - control mixes, effects and synths LCD display - full track and parameter readout Dedicated transport controls and jog/scrub wheel-seamless session flow ADAT Lightpipe, S/PDIF and word clock I/O-total digital connectivity Complete Production Experience Specifications Control 8 touch-sensitive motorized channel faders 1 touch-sensitive motorized master fader 8 assignable rotary encoders and large LCD for channel or plug-in functions Record enable, select, solo and mute buttons on each channel Channel +/- and bank +/- keys Illuminated transport controls for record, play, stop, fast forward and rewind Jog/scrub wheel with mode switch Zoom key with 4 directional keys Dedicated keys for in/out points, locate, region nudge, loop and more A/B headphone source switch for cue auditioning Function LED display for each channel I/O 8 analog mic/line inputs (1/4 in. TRS and XLR balanced) each with signal/peak indicators and mic/line switch 4 analog outputs (1/4 in. TRS balanced) ADAT Lightpipe I/O Front panel instrument input (1/4 in. TS) switchable for input 1 S/PDIF digital I/O 1 x 1 MIDI I/O with activity LEDs FireWire (IEEE 1394) connectivity Word clock I/O (BNC) Phantom power 2 stereo headphone outputs (1/4 in. TRS) with independent level controls Kensington lock port Compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7, Ableton Live 5**, Logic*, Cubase*, Digital Performer*/** and SONAR*/** Compatibility Pro Tools M-Powered 7 or greater All Pro Tools systems (MIDI control only) Logic* Cubase* Ableton Live 5 or greater** Digital Performer*/** SONAR*/** ASIO 2 GSIF 2 Core Audio * DAW software version must support Mackie Control, Logic Control or HUI protocol. **Support provided after product launch via free downloadable firmware upgrade.
|
![]() M-Audio Project Mix & Pro Tools M-Powered 7 Bundle Price: 1,249.00 Retail Price: 1,598.00 9910-40742-00ProtoolsV7 Gigasonic M-Audio Project Mix I/O Control Surface Today, more professional music is produced at home than ever before -- and the new ProjectMix I/O delivers what you need to take your computer-based studio and productions to the next level. Seamless integration with all major DAW software. The ability to record directly into industry-standard Pro Tools sessions. Faders so you can feel the mix with your fingertips instead of dragging a mouse. On-board display of critical parameters for intuitive operation. Motorized control to craft more accurate mixes. And professional multi-channel I/O including mic/instrument preamps, Lightpipe and S/PDIF. ProjectMix I/O is the universal solution that combines the best of the hardware and software worlds for a new standard in streamlined production. Compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7, Ableton Live 5**, Logic*, Cubase*/**, Digital Performer*/** and SONAR*/**. M-Audio Pro Tools M-Powered 7 Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software lets you enter the world of Pro Tools while using unique hardware options from M-Audio to professionally produce your music tracks. This groundbreaking combination for Windows XP and Mac OS X lets you customize the compact mobile multi-channel studio of your dreams, while providing session compatibility with countless Pro Tools-equipped project and professional studios around the world. As easy to use as it is powerful, Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software includes many of the same features that top studios rely on to produce Grammy?winning albums and Academy Award?winning film sound. Together, M-Audio hardware and Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software deliver the seamless workflow of moving sessions. Produce with the Industry Standard—Anywhere, Anytime The combination of M-Audio gear and Pro Tools M-Powered 7 lets you work anywhere, anytime with the industry standard in music production software. You can open sessions created in Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software with any Windows XP- or Mac OS X-based Digidesign Pro Tools TDM or LE system, giving you unprecedented production options for your music. Seamlessly collaborate with other musicians using Pro Tools M-Powered 7 or Pro Tools LE systems. Easily take your projects to a Pro Tools/HD-equipped recording studio to have it mixed by a pro. Or take your pro studio projects home or on the road with you—even use them as backing tracks on stage. With Pro Tools M-Powered 7, owners of most M-Audio interfaces instantly become members of the largest community of digital audio workstation users in the world. Professional Recording, Editing and Mixing Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software allows M-Audio hardware enthusiasts to easily enter the powerful recording, editing, and mixing features of Pro Tools. With up to 32 simultaneous tracks of 16- or 24-bit digital audio, and support for up to 96kHz sample rates, Pro Tools M-Powered 7 is an ideal companion for M-Audio interfaces and audio interface keyboards—whether you're recording solo or entire bands. Once you've finished your recording, you can fine-tune your performances with Pro Tools' unmatched nondestructive editing tools. Shape sounds, compose parts, and add effects with RTAS instrument and effects plug-ins. Create polished mixes with professional mixing features and full mixer automation. Automatically analyze and tighten percussion tracks with Beat Detective LE. With Pro Tools M-Powered 7, you've got the tools you need to create professional mixes wherever you want to take your music. ReWire for Ableton Live Fans of Ableton Live will love Pro Tools M-Powered 7's ability to accept Live's output stream via ReWire for further mixing and processing. You get the best of both worlds—Ableton Live's incredibly fluid real-time writing, production and remixing environment along with the industry standard in tracking, editing and mixing. Control Surfaces If you want the tactile feel of a pro console while enjoying the benefits of a personal or project studio, Pro Tools M-Powered 7 supports both Digidesign's Command/8 and M-Audio's ProjectMix I/O. Both give you control over the software's MIDI functionality. ProjectMix I/O even incorporates a built-in 10 x 10 FireWire audio interface complete with 8 preamps so you don't need any extra gear. Flexible and Portable—More Choices for You A variety of M-Audio PCI and FireWire hardware interfaces are compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software, giving you more choices in where, when and how you work. For high-fidelity I/O in a PCI-based system, our entire Delta line is compatible with Pro Tools M-Powered 7—from the personal 2-channel Audiophile 2496 and Audiophile 192 cards all the way up to the 10 x 10 Delta 1010. For Pro Tools recording on the go, our compatible USB products range from the pocket-size Transit to the MobilePre USB with dual preamps, Fast Track USB (2-in, 2-out), and Fast Track Pro (4 simultaneous in-out). M-Audio bus-powered FireWire interfaces like our FireWire 410 (4-in/10-out) and FireWire 1814 (18-in/14-out) provide even more I/O and higher sampling rates, letting you easily put together a multi-channel studio-to-go. All-In-One Gear for Guitarists, Keyboardists and Producers One of the benefits of Pro Tools M-Powered 7 is that you can harness the creative power of specialized M-Audio production hardware. The Black Box not only gives guitarists killer amp modeling, unique beat-synced effects and inspiring drum patterns—it serves as a Pro Tools M-Powered-compatible audio interface for Mac and PC. Keyboardists and electronic music producers also benefit from our Ozone and Ozonic, both of which integrate a keyboard, MIDI control surface, audio/MIDI interface, mic/instrument preamp and headphone monitors. Integrated MIDI Sequencing Most M-Audio audio interfaces also support MIDI—and Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software's fully integrated MIDI sequencer allows you to record, edit, and mix up to 256 MIDI tracks alongside your audio tracks. Launch your favorite instru ment plug-in to get the sound you want. Engage loop recording to quickly develop a multi-layered drum pattern, then use Groove Quantize to give it the right feel. Switch to MIDI Step Input to lay down a difficult passage. With M-Audio interfaces and Pro Tools M-Powered 7, your MIDI composing options are wide open. Plug-ins Galore Pro Tools M-Powered 7 software not only provides access to award-winning Pro Tools software—you're also instantly able to take advantage of a variety of RTAS and AudioSuite plug-ins designed by the recording industry's largest professional third-party developer community. Track with powerful host-based vintage instruments like GForce's Oddity and Minimonsta. Add spice with Wizoo's Latigo and Darbuka virtual percussionists. And polish your mixes with affordable effects and mastering plug-ins like iZotope Ozone and Spectron that surpass even expensive hardware. Pro Tools M-Powered 7 also includes more than 30 DigiRack and Bomb Factory plug-ins right out of the box, including EQ, dynamics, delay, reverb, and many more. Bundle Include: M-Audio Project Mix I/O M-Audio Pro Tools M-Powered 7
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Bass Guitar - Black Price: 1,199.99 Retail Price: 1,679.00 99-480-0105 Gigasonic The Line 6 Variax Bass is a digital modeling instrument using Line 6 technology to bring you 24 exciting bass sounds ranging from vintage instruments to modern classics, acoustic basses and synth sounds. The Variax Bass works with any and all bass amp equipment and processors that a standard bass works with. The proprietary output from the RJ-45 jack on the bass adds new levels of performance when connected to a Line 6 Vetta or future Line 6 products with this exclusive digital input. 24 models are available in the Variax Bass 700. All the classic Rock basses are here along with modern masterpieces, upright, acoustic bass guitar, fretless and synth models. The Variax Bass includes a special box that serves several functions. It supplies power directly to the Bass through the included TRS 1/4?cable. It also provides simultaneous 1/4?unbalanced output and XLR direct output (for connection to a mixing console or for recording). A ground lift switch and line/mic XLR output selector switch are also provided Features ? Practical, instantly familiar controls Contoured Alder body Maple neck with Rosewood fingerboard 21 medium profile frets 34 in. scale length 10 in. fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar cable output jack Digital I/O RJ45 jack for future updates and additional sounds Included XPS-DI direct box and power supply features: 1/4 in. standard guitar cable output for connection to any bass rig XLR balanced output for sending signal to a recording console or house PA Powers the Variax Bass using included TRS cable Powered by XPS-DI or on-board batteries (6 x AA or 1 x 9-volt) Custom-fitted heavy-duty gig bag Available in Black or Sunburst Master Volume -- Green/Red Select Even a control as simple as volume offers you more on Variax Bass. When you press the Volume knob down, the light near the Model Select knob changes color from green (first model) to red (second variation). Model Select Its primary function is in choosing the active instrument model. Rotate the knob to choose from the 12 positions, and that handy indicator light will be lighting up the knob so you'll even be able to see what you're doing on a dark stage. Each position actually contains 2 models, just push the Volume knob to select between them. Blend -- Pickup Position -- Mic Position Most of the basses Line 6 modeled have 2 pickups. Instead of providing individual volume controls for each pickup, they've taken the more modern approach of a master Volume and Blend. Rotate the Blend fully clockwise for just the bridge pickup, and fully counterclockwise for just the neck pickup. At the center detent, you get equal amounts of both pickups. Everything in-between is a blend of the 2. Several of the modeled basses have only a single pickup. Ordinarily this doesn't give you much pickup variation, but the Variax Bass is no ordinary instrument. At the center detent, you can hear the pickup in the “stock?position. Rotate the control clockwise to move the pickup closer to the bridge, and counterclockwise to move the pickup closer to the neck. Welcome to the future, my friend. For the acoustic instruments, the Blend control lets you change the position of the modeled microphone. Rotate the control clockwise to bring the mic closer, counterclockwise to pull the mic out for more ambience. Tone The Variax Bass Tone control is split into 2 separate knobs. The smaller knob on top controls Treble and the large one on the bottom controls Bass. For models based on passive basses, the center detent on the Treble represents 10 on the modeled instrument. Rotating counterclockwise gives you the same results as turning down the passive control. If you rotate clockwise from the detent, you get a treble boost of the modeled instrument. Since passive basses don't typically have a Bass control, putting this control at center detent makes no modification to the modeled instrument sound. For those of you who prefer enhanced to natural, rotating clockwise boosts bass frequencies, and rotating counterclockwise cuts them. For models based on active basses, the behavior of the tone controls are based on those of the modeled instrument. Saving the Perfect Setup To really take advantage of the sonic capabilities of the Variax Bass when performing, you'll want each instrument model to be set up for your specific needs and preferences. Use the Customize function of Variax Bass's model knob to get all 24 models sounding just the way you want. Once you've tweaked these settings to perfection, just press the Model Select knob down and hold for a few seconds until the indicator light shines solid green or red. That's it. Now every time you call up that model, it's set up just the way you like it. Direct to House PA and Stage Rig with the XPS-DI Variax Bass 700 comes with the XPS-DI unit. This professional direct box gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and standard 1/4-inch output. No additional DI box is required! Now you can get a clean, balanced signal straight to the house PA and to an amp rig on stage without carrying around any extra gear. But that's not all. The XPS-DI can even power the Variax bass. What is the XPS-DI? The XPS-DI is a professional direct box that gives the Variax Bass a balanced XLR and 1/4-inch output. Use a standard XLR/mic cable to connect the XPS-DI's XLR output to feed any balanced input. No additional DI box is required! You even get Level and Ground Lift switches on the front panel of the XPS-DI to match the output level to the kind of device you're driving. The XPS-DI can also power the Variax Bass. Use the included TRS (Tip-Ring-Sleeve/Stereo) cable to connect the Variax Bass to the Input jack of the XPS-DI. Use a standard mono guitar or bass cable to connect the 1/4 in. output of the XPS-DI to any standard bass amp rig. There are many occasions when you'll want to skip the amp and send your signal straight to a mixer. No problem: Use a standard XLR/mic cable to connect the XPS-DI's XLR output to feed any balanced input. No additional DI box is required. Use the Level switch on the front panel of the XPS-DI to match the output level to the kind of device you're driving.
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Guitar - Black Price: 1,199.99 Retail Price: 1,679.00 99-380-0105 Gigasonic The Line 6 Variax Acoustic 700 is the first electric acoustic modeling guitar that achieves tones exactly right for live performances and recording situations. Its simple, stand-alone operation offers guitarists 16 richly detailed acoustic instrument sounds, phenomenal feedback-resistance, unique and intuitive tone-shaping options and instant access to alternate tunings. The breakthrough Variax Acoustic 700 provides the best means by which to record great acoustics direct, to achieve exquisite, professional results. Its output can be sent direct to a recording device or any standard acoustic amplifier. It will enable guitarists to achieve the best acoustic sounds possible without requiring expensive instruments, microphones and sound-proofed studio space. Variax Acoustic 700 brings guitarists the perfect acoustic sounds for live performances via direct output to a PA system or standard acoustic amplifier. It is the only acoustic guitar that can handle any high-volume onstage situation without feedback hassles or complex setups. Variax Acoustic 700 provides Line 6's patent-pending guitar modeling technology to offer guitarists instant access to the sounds of a variety of steel-string acoustic, nylon-string classical, resonator and arch-top guitars, as well as non-guitar stringed instruments. The guitar features a set-in mahogany neck, chambered mahogany body and natural finish cedar top, and includes a custom, heavy duty gig bag. Features ? Simple and intuitive Volume and Mic Position/Tone Shaping controls Instant access to preset and custom altered tunings Thin and comfortable mahogany body with cedar top Mahogany neck with rosewood fingerboard and pearl snowflake position markers 24 medium profile frets 25-1/2 in. scale length 17?fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar output jack Digital I/O jack for Vetta II connectivity Included direct box provides power plus 1/4" standard guitar and XLR balanced outputs Powered by on-board batteries or Line 6's Vetta II amplifier Includes custom 1/4 in. TRS cable Custom-fitted heavy-duty gigbag
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Guitar - Natural Price: 1,199.99 Retail Price: 1,679.00 99-381-0105 Gigasonic The Line 6 Variax Acoustic 700 is the first electric acoustic modeling guitar that achieves tones exactly right for live performances and recording situations. Its simple, stand-alone operation offers guitarists 16 richly detailed acoustic instrument sounds, phenomenal feedback-resistance, unique and intuitive tone-shaping options and instant access to alternate tunings. The breakthrough Variax Acoustic 700 provides the best means by which to record great acoustics direct, to achieve exquisite, professional results. Its output can be sent direct to a recording device or any standard acoustic amplifier. It will enable guitarists to achieve the best acoustic sounds possible without requiring expensive instruments, microphones and sound-proofed studio space. Variax Acoustic 700 brings guitarists the perfect acoustic sounds for live performances via direct output to a PA system or standard acoustic amplifier. It is the only acoustic guitar that can handle any high-volume onstage situation without feedback hassles or complex setups. Variax Acoustic 700 provides Line 6's patent-pending guitar modeling technology to offer guitarists instant access to the sounds of a variety of steel-string acoustic, nylon-string classical, resonator and arch-top guitars, as well as non-guitar stringed instruments. The guitar features a set-in mahogany neck, chambered mahogany body and natural finish cedar top, and includes a custom, heavy duty gig bag. Features ? Simple and intuitive Volume and Mic Position/Tone Shaping controls Instant access to preset and custom altered tunings Thin and comfortable mahogany body with cedar top Mahogany neck with rosewood fingerboard and pearl snowflake position markers 24 medium profile frets 25-1/2 in. scale length 17?fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar output jack Digital I/O jack for Vetta II connectivity Included direct box provides power plus 1/4" standard guitar and XLR balanced outputs Powered by on-board batteries or Line 6's Vetta II amplifier Includes custom 1/4 in. TRS cable Custom-fitted heavy-duty gigbag
|
![]() Line 6 Variax 700 Modeling Guitar - Sunburst Price: 1,199.99 Retail Price: 1,679.00 99-383-0105 Gigasonic The Line 6 Variax Acoustic 700 is the first electric acoustic modeling guitar that achieves tones exactly right for live performances and recording situations. Its simple, stand-alone operation offers guitarists 16 richly detailed acoustic instrument sounds, phenomenal feedback-resistance, unique and intuitive tone-shaping options and instant access to alternate tunings. The breakthrough Variax Acoustic 700 provides the best means by which to record great acoustics direct, to achieve exquisite, professional results. Its output can be sent direct to a recording device or any standard acoustic amplifier. It will enable guitarists to achieve the best acoustic sounds possible without requiring expensive instruments, microphones and sound-proofed studio space. Variax Acoustic 700 brings guitarists the perfect acoustic sounds for live performances via direct output to a PA system or standard acoustic amplifier. It is the only acoustic guitar that can handle any high-volume onstage situation without feedback hassles or complex setups. Variax Acoustic 700 provides Line 6's patent-pending guitar modeling technology to offer guitarists instant access to the sounds of a variety of steel-string acoustic, nylon-string classical, resonator and arch-top guitars, as well as non-guitar stringed instruments. The guitar features a set-in mahogany neck, chambered mahogany body and natural finish cedar top, and includes a custom, heavy duty gig bag. Features ? Simple and intuitive Volume and Mic Position/Tone Shaping controls Instant access to preset and custom altered tunings Thin and comfortable mahogany body with cedar top Mahogany neck with rosewood fingerboard and pearl snowflake position markers 24 medium profile frets 25-1/2 in. scale length 17?fingerboard radius Standard 1/4 in. guitar output jack Digital I/O jack for Vetta II connectivity Included direct box provides power plus 1/4" standard guitar and XLR balanced outputs Powered by on-board batteries or Line 6's Vetta II amplifier Includes custom 1/4 in. TRS cable Custom-fitted heavy-duty gigbag
|
| Price Drops Finder | Coupons Finder |
|
All rights reserved ExcitingAds® 1998-2006 |